Exhibit 10.1


	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  The Children’s Place

  Fort Payne, Alabama

  

  Project 103522

  Material Handling System and Engineering Services

  2006-September-27

  



 


 


	
  Creating Logistics Results

  	
   

  	
  Dematic

  



 
















 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  Proposal for Conveyor System

  



Introduction


Dematic’s goal is to provide The Children’s
Place with the best system solution available, including cost-effective
technologies, control systems, software, visualization systems, integration and
services. This will help The Children’s Place to optimize service to its
customers, reduce distribution lead-time, enhance material tracking, and
support reduction of overall operating costs. We look forward to working
together with The Children’s Place to build this innovative Material Handling
System.


Executive Summary


This Proposal covers a Material Handling
System encompassing conveyor equipment, controls, software, commissioning and
training and is summarized with the following tasks.


Project Management


Project Management assures that the material
handling system is delivered on time according to the Schedule and coordinates
the final design that meets the operational requirements defined in this
Proposal. A successful project management plan is accomplished through
interactions between Dematic and The Children’s Place Personnel.


Mechanical Engineering


Mechanical Engineering refines the layout
drawings that are submitted with this Proposal. They also prepare installation
drawings, design nonstandard equipment components, and integrate the standard
and nonstandard equipment into an operational system.


Controls Engineering


Controls Engineering provides the development
of an electrical controls scheme, selection of controls components, preparation
of schematic wiring diagrams, and preparation of detailed Descriptions of
Operation(s).


Software Engineering


Software Engineering implements the
information technology portion of the system, including programming,
integration, testing, training, and Functional Description documentation.
Operator manuals are created for the training.



 i
 









Training and
Support


·                                          Dematic
provides in-depth training to enable Personnel to properly operate and maintain
the system


·                                          Dematic
provides technical and operational support for the first week of The Children’s
Place’s operations


·                                          Extended
maintenance support packages are available


·                                          Dematic
has an Engineering staff that understands The Children’s Place’s expectations
and has the resources to meet The Children’s Place’s needs


·                                          Dematic
provides detailed Operations and Maintenance training tailored to The Children’s
Place’s specific needs


·                                          Dematic
has Customer Service Emergency Support available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week
by way of a toll free number


ISO 9001:2000 Registered


Dematic is registered to the ISO-9001:2000
International Standard for Quality Management Systems.


The registration applies to all Dematic
Manufacturing, Engineering, Project Management and Customer Service processes.



 ii
 









Revisions


	
  Revision
  Level

  	
   

  	
  Date of Revision

  	
   

  	
  Detail of Revision

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2006-September-27

  	
   

  	
  Initial Release.

  



 



 iii
 









Table of Contents


	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Title Page

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  Proposal Content

  	
   

  	
  2

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Scope of Work

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.1

  	
   

  	
  Design and Engineering

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  Material Handling System

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.3

  	
   

  	
  Integration

  	
   

  	
  4

  
	
  2.4

  	
   

  	
  Training

  	
   

  	
  4

  
	
  2.5

  	
   

  	
  Documentation

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  System Overview

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.1

  	
   

  	
  System Material Flows

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.2

  	
   

  	
  Receiving

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Merge

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
  3.4

  	
   

  	
  SKU Sorter

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  Tote Make-up

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
  3.6

  	
   

  	
  Carton Make-up

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
  3.7

  	
   

  	
  Tote Sorter

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
  3.8

  	
   

  	
  Put-to-Light Carton Build Area

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
  3.9

  	
   

  	
  Tapers and Dunnage

  	
   

  	
  10

  
	
  3.10

  	
   

  	
  Label Print and Apply Area

  	
   

  	
  10

  
	
  3.11

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Sorter

  	
   

  	
  11

  
	
  3.12

  	
   

  	
  Startup-Procedure (Typical)

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
  3.13

  	
   

  	
  Emergency Stop Procedure (Typical)

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
  3.14

  	
   

  	
  Accumulation Flow Control (Typical)

  	
   

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  Project Management

  	
   

  	
  13

  
	
  4.1

  	
   

  	
  Project Team Organization

  	
   

  	
  13

  
	
  4.2

  	
   

  	
  Project Scheduling

  	
   

  	
  14

  
	
  4.3

  	
   

  	
  Training

  	
   

  	
  15

  
	
  4.4

  	
   

  	
  Schedule

  	
   

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  Material Handling System

  	
   

  	
  21

  
	
  5.1

  	
   

  	
  Materials to be Handled

  	
   

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical Equipment Details

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
  6.1

  	
   

  	
  C-L Conveyor Components

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
  6.2

  	
   

  	
  Detailed Mechanical Equipment List

  	
   

  	
  26

  
	
  6.3

  	
   

  	
  Detail Sheets

  	
   

  	
  56

  
	
  6.4

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical Specifications

  	
   

  	
  82

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  Controls Equipment Details

  	
   

  	
  84

  



 



 iv
 









 


	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  C-L100 Integrated Conveying Solution

  	
   

  	
  84

  
	
  7.2

  	
   

  	
  Control Devices

  	
   

  	
  86

  
	
  7.3

  	
   

  	
  E-stops and Interlocking

  	
   

  	
  93

  
	
  7.4

  	
   

  	
  Control Cabinets

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  7.5

  	
   

  	
  Standard Controls Hardware

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  7.6

  	
   

  	
  GSMi
  Visualization

  	
   

  	
  95

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Computer Information System

  	
   

  	
  112

  
	
  8.1

  	
   

  	
  Integrated Software System – Proposal Overview

  	
   

  	
  112

  
	
  8.2

  	
   

  	
  System Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  115

  
	
  8.3

  	
   

  	
  SortDirector Overview

  	
   

  	
  115

  
	
  8.4

  	
   

  	
  PickDirector Overview

  	
   

  	
  122

  
	
  8.5

  	
   

  	
  Project Parameters

  	
   

  	
  127

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  Proposal Specifications

  	
   

  	
  133

  
	
  9.1

  	
   

  	
  General

  	
   

  	
  133

  
	
  9.2

  	
   

  	
  The Children’s Place Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  134

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  Safety

  	
   

  	
  135

  
	
  10.1

  	
   

  	
  Mutual Commitment to Safety

  	
   

  	
  135

  
	
  10.2

  	
   

  	
  OSHA Lockout / Tagout Rules

  	
   

  	
  136

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11

  	
   

  	
  Service Support

  	
   

  	
  137

  
	
  11.1

  	
   

  	
  Additional Optional Services Available from Dematic

  	
   

  	
  138

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  System Pricing

  	
   

  	
  142

  
	
  12.1

  	
   

  	
  Base System

  	
   

  	
  142

  
	
  12.2

  	
   

  	
  Pricing Notes

  	
   

  	
  142

  
	
  12.3

  	
   

  	
  Delivery and Shipping Terms

  	
   

  	
  143

  
	
  12.4

  	
   

  	
  Export Laws and Regulations

  	
   

  	
  143

  
	
  12.5

  	
   

  	
  Payment Terms

  	
   

  	
  143

  
	
  12.6

  	
   

  	
  Commercial Terms

  	
   

  	
  144

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  13

  	
   

  	
  Sales Agreement

  	
   

  	
  145

  
	
  13.1

  	
   

  	
  General Terms and Conditions – Exhibit A

  	
   

  	
  146

  



 



 v















 


1         Title Page


Dematic Corp. (hereinafter
referred to as “Dematic”) with offices located at:


6 Powder Horn Drive


Warren, New Jersey 07059


	
  Submits this Proposal to:

  	
   

  	
  Equipment to be installed at:

  
	
  The Children’s
  Place Services Company, LLC

  	
   

  	
  The Children’s Place

  
	
  (Hereinafter
  referred to as “The Children’s Place”)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  915 Secaucus
  Road

  	
   

  	
  Airport Road West

  
	
  Secaucus, New
  Jersey 07094

  	
   

  	
  Fort Payne, Alabama 35968

  
	
  Don Whiteford

  	
   

  	
  Don Whiteford

  



 


This Proposal consists of
the following:


1.                         Sales
Agreement No. 103522, including General Terms and Conditions - Exhibit A.


2.                         Sections
1 through 13.


3.                         Dematic
drawings: Q103522-C010, Rev. C, Sheets 1 and 2, Dated September 6, 2006.


4.                         Other
documents: None.


If information in any
document conflicts with that in another, governing priority shall be given to
documents in the order listed above.


All information in this
Proposal is confidential and has been prepared for The Children’s Place’s use
solely in considering the purchase of the equipment and/or services described
herein. The Children’s Place’s use for any other purpose, or transmission to
others of all or any part of this information, including, but not limited to,
drawings, process flow diagrams, sequence of operation, and pricing, is
unauthorized without Dematic’s prior written consent. All Dematic
specifications and drawings remain the property of Dematic and are subject to
recall at any time.


© copyright 2006, Dematic
Corp. All rights reserved. The contents of this Proposal may not be reproduced
without the prior written permission of Dematic Corp.


This
Proposal is submitted by:


	
  /s/ Thomas R Dancer

  	
   

  	
  Business Development Manager

  	
   

  	
  732 563-1330 ext. 300

  
	
  Thomas Dancer

  	
   

  	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Phone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ John Van
  Walleghem

  	
   

  	
  General Manager

  	
   

  	
  732 563-1330 ext. 500

  
	
  John Van
  Walleghem

  	
   

  	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Phone

  



 


The Offer Period for this
Proposal shall terminate 30 days from the date of this Proposal. Dematic may
extend the Offer Period; however, the price, schedule, and other portions of
this Proposal may be subject to change. Extensions of the Offer Period shall be
valid only if in writing and signed by an authorized Dematic representative.
This Proposal shall become binding only upon full execution of the Sales
Agreement by duly authorized agents of the parties.



 1
 









1.1      Proposal Content


This Proposal is provided to
furnish all of the necessary Hardware and Engineering Services for The Children’s
Place material handling system. This Proposal must be purchased with Dematic
Proposal Number 104846, which provides all of the necessary Third-party
commodities, Mechanical Installation, and Electrical Installation.


This Proposal is summarized
as follows:


·                            Mechanical Design - The refinement of
layout drawings submitted with this Proposal, preparation of installation
drawings, design of nonstandard equipment components and the integration of the
standard and nonstandard equipment into an operational system.


·                            Air Piping Design - Mechanical drawings
will include air-piping diagrams as applicable.


·                            Control Design - The development of control
scheme, selection of control components, preparation of schematic wiring
diagrams and preparation of detailed descriptions of operations.


·                            Computer Design - Development of the computer
level of system management scheme, selection of computer components and
development of functional specifications.


·                            Manufacture of Mechanical Equipment -
Supplied as specified in the Mechanical Equipment List.


·                            Manufacture of Controls Equipment - Supplied
as specified in Electrical Equipment List.


·                            Air Piping - Supply field devices such as
filters, regulators and piping. Piping to be copper tubing connected to
existing air supply system.



 2
 









2         Scope
of Work


The following scope of work
is intended to be comprehensive, based on Dematic’s knowledge and understanding
of the project. The Engineering and Design effort is expected to be a
confirmation of the scope listed below. In general, The Children’s Place is
responsible for any scope not specifically identified as Dematic’s
responsibility.


2.1      Design and Engineering


	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Project
  Management

  	
   

  	
  Coordinate all disciplines and schedule all phases
  of the project. See the “Project Management” Section for specific details.

  
	
  Engineering

  	
   

  	
  Layout, design, and
  proper application of equipment to furnish the Material Handling System
  described in this Proposal.

  



 


2.2      Material Handling System


	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Mechanical
  Hardware

  	
   

  	
  Consists of the following equipment:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (10) Receiving Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (1) Receiving Slapper Line

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Receiving Merge and SKU Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (32) SKU Divert Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (4) SKU Sorter Divert Lines To LPA Merge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  LPA Merge To Shipping Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (8) LPA Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·   (4) Taper/LPA Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Tote Build Area With (24) Work Stations

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Tote Build Take-away Lines To Tote Build
  Merge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Tote Build Merge and Tote Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (40) Tote Sorter Divert Lines

  



 



 3
 









 


	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Mechanical
  Hardware

  	
   

  	
  ·  (20) PTL Take-away Lines To Shipping Merge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  Shipping Merge and Sorter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (42) Ship Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (2) New Store Loops

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  (4) Slapper Lines

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  See the “Mechanical Equipment Details” Section for
  specific details.

  
	
  Control Hardware

  	
   

  	
  Consists of the following equipment:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  PLC based conveyor control components
  necessary to operate the conveyor system.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  RapidSORT Controllers for carton routing on
  sorters.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  GSMi
  Visualization System application software.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  See the “Controls Equipment Details” Section for
  specific details

  
	
  Integrated
  Computer 

  	
   

  	
  Interface to The Children’s Place’s WMS

  
	
  System

  	
   

  	
  ·  SortDirector and PickDirector applications
  Software.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  See the “Computer Information Systems” Section for
  specific details.

  



 


2.3                  Integration


	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Complete
  check-out and integration of all Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  See the “Project
  Management” Section for full details and description.

  



 


2.4                  Training


	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Operator and
  Maintenance Training for all equipment.

  	
   

  	
  Each training session
  will include classroom and hands-on instruction, and will be conducted during
  the first shift.

  See the “Project
  Management” Section for full details and description.

  
	
  Operator and
  System Administrator Training for all Computer Hardware and Software

  	
   

  	
  Each training session will include classroom and hands-on
  instruction, and will be conducted during the first shift.

  See the “Project Management” Section for full
  details and description.

  



 



 4
 









2.5      Documentation


	
  Dematic Deliverables

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  System Functional Design
  Document

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  Includes a
  complete description and narrative of the system controls and a 

  step-by-step walk-through of all system functionality.

  
	
  System Operator
  Manuals

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  Detailed
  description of equipment and system operation, including handling of anomaly
  conditions and error recovery procedures. Standard Dematic documentation for
  hardware and software will be provided.

  
	
  Equipment Maintenance
  Manuals

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  Includes a
  complete description of equipment operation, troubleshooting, diagnostics,
  preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. Also included are equipment
  drawings and electrical schematics as required for maintenance purposes, as
  well as spare parts listings.

  
	
  Software Functional
  Specification

  

  (1) CD-ROM electronic copy and (1) hard copy

  	
   

  	
  An approval
  document for defined software scope to be delivered.

  

  Includes a description of all features, functions, platform, operating
  systems, and computer hardware to be provided.

  



 



 5
 









3         System
Overview


3.1                  System Material
Flows


A logical sketch of the
proposed system is provided below. The primary purpose of the sketch is to show
how product flows throughout the system and identify the major functional areas
of the system.


Figure 1 System Flow Diagram





3.2                  Receiving


There are 10 receiving doors
(2 future doors) and a slapper line. Each pair of receiving doors is serviced
by a traversing powered trailer unloader that transports cartons to incline
belt conveyor. From the ground level, belt conveyors



 6
 









transport received cartons up
to the mezzanine level. When a trailer has been completely unloaded the
unloading associate moves the traversing trailer unloader to the other door.
The slapper line transports cartons to the Receiving merge from the floor level
near the SKU sorter.


Before received cartons and
cartons from the slapper line reach the mezzanine level they are transported to
a scanner/scale (one for each pair of receiving doors and one for the slapper
line). The barcode information and the weight of the received carton are
received by SortDirector. SortDirector notifies PkMS the carton has been
scanned and supplies the weight of the carton. PkMS in turn sends SortDirector
a Divert Directive message that provides the destination of the carton. The
possible destinations are:


·                            A
palletizing lane on the SKU sorter


·                            A palletizing lane on the Shipping
sorter


·                            A
store lane on the shipping sorter


·                            A new store lane on the shipping sorter


The carton continues down the
receiving lane to the Receiving merge.


The scanners at receiving are
programmed so that if the 4-digit quantity barcode is not correctly scanned the
whole label is treated as a no-read.


3.3                  Receiving Merge


The receiving merge combines
cartons into a single line before induction into the SKU sorter. This merge
consists of six (6) induction lines that exit the six (6) scanner/scales and a
recirculation line. The scanner/scales receive cartons from the receiving doors
and the slapper line. An additional receiving line may be added in the future.


3.4                  SKU Sorter


Cartons are released from the
Receiving merge onto the SKU sorter. When the carton arrives at the SKU sorter
it is scanned by the SKU sorter scanner. The cartons arriving at the SKU sorter
have labels with case number barcode and quantity barcode or a shipping label.
SortDirector in collaboration with the sorter diverts the carton based on the
Divert Directive from PkMS. Upon receiving a divert confirmation form the sorter,
SortDirector sends a Divert Confirm message to PkMS.


The cartons are sorted to one
of the 31 palletizing lanes or to one of the four cross-dock lanes. The cartons
diverted to the cross-dock lanes proceed to the label print and apply (LPA)
area. The cartons diverted to the palletizing lanes proceed down to palletizing
stations at the end of the lane. The operator at the



 7
 









end of the lane will build one to three SKU pallets.
Building pallets and storing them when they are complete is manual and is
controlled by PkMS.


Cartons whose label could not
be successfully read are diverted to the no-read divert. Cartons that are
unknown to SortDirector are routed to the jackpot divert.


3.5                  Tote Make-up


There are 24 operator
stations in the Tote make-up area. These operator stations are used to fill
totes for use in the Put-To-Light area. The 24 stations are arranged in two
banks of 12 stations each. Operators remove stacks of empty totes from the
empty tote conveyor that is about 5-foot above floor level. Empty totes are
scanned and filled with merchandise from corrugate cartons under the direction
of PkMS using PkMS controlled equipment. The filled totes are placed on a
conveyor that is eighteen-inches in elevation and transported to the tote
sorter. There are three conveyors to take away filled totes from each bank of
operator stations. When a tote has been filled, PkMS creates and downloads
order-putting instructions to the PickDirector System and routing instructions
to SortDirector.


There is an empty corrugate
(trash) conveyor above the empty tote conveyor. When a carton is emptied of
merchandise the operator places the empty corrugate carton onto the empty
corrugate conveyor which is at an 87-inch elevation. The empty corrugate
conveyor transports corrugate to a compactor. The empty corrugate conveyor will
be started each morning and turned off from a pushbutton start/stop switch on
the cabinet within line-of-sight of the empty corrugate conveyor system. The
conveyor will operate continuously at a fixed speed.


Pallets of product are
brought to the tote make-up area under the direction of PkMS. The pallets are
deposited on pallet flow rails. The pallets flow toward the operator stations.
A metal ramp is provided which allows using a pallet jack to deliver the
pallets.


When the empty corrugate
conveyor is stopped no additional empty corrugate is to be placed on the
conveyor. If the empty corrugate conveyor is loaded when it is stopped motor
overloads will occur.


The empty corrugate conveyor
is interlocked with the bailer. Specifically the bailer must be on for the
empty corrugate conveyor to run. If the bailer is stopped the empty corrugate
conveyor stops.


3.6                  Carton Make-up


An automatic carton erector
builds and labels shipping cartons. Immediately after the carton erector, a
pair of scanners verify the labels on each side of the carton match. A red
beacon is illuminated if both labels on the carton do not match (or



 8
 









one is a no-read). Operators place the cartons onto
one of the two empty carton monorail systems that lead to the Put-to-Light
Carton Build Area.


3.7                  Tote Sorter


Totes from the six (6)
conveyors exiting the Tote Make-up Area merge into three (3) conveyors that
feed the Tote Sorter Merge. The recirculation lane from the Tote Sorter Merges
with one of the three (3) lanes that feed the Tote Sorter Merge.


The Tote Sorter Merge
releases totes onto the tote sorter. When the tote arrives at the tote sorter
it is scanned by Tote Sorter Scanner. Totes arriving at the tote sorter have
labels contain an 18-character license plate label that will always start with
a “T” (Capital T). SortDirector in collaboration with the sorter diverts the
tote to the correct pack line based on the Divert Directive from PkMS. Upon
receiving a divert confirmation form the sorter, SortDirector sends a Divert
Confirm message to PkMS.


3.8                  Put-to-Light
Carton Build Area


Before operators can work in
the put area inbound totes must be built in the make-up tote area. Once a tote’s
build process is complete, PkMS sends a message to PickDirector with the
inbound tote’s contents and store requirements. The totes are then routed to
the pack lines where they are grabbed by the operator and pulled onto the side
conveyor spur for processing.


3.8.1        Put Operations


To initiate the put process
the operator must first log into their assigned zone by the using the zone’s
wireless hand held scanner and personal identification barcode. Next the
operator pulls a make-up tote from the infeed line and scans the make-up tote’s
barcode label. The associated BayDisplay device in the zone informs the put
operator of the tote’s barcode and the number of locations requiring puts the
zone. Additionally, the MaxiPick devices will identify the locations and
quantities required. The put operator proceeds to each identified location and
puts the displayed quantity from the make-up tote to the shipping carton and
confirms their action by pressing the “OK” button on the MaxiPick. As the puts
are acknowledged PickDirector sends messages to PkMS for each line item put to
a shipping carton. The message contains the inbound tote ID, the shipping
carton ID, the logical location, quantity requested, quantity put, and the
operator.


Where there is insufficient
stock at a location to fill the order, the put operator must notify a
supervisor to short the location. The supervisor decrements the displayed
quantity on the MaxiPick until the display reads the actual quantity put and
then must scan a special SHORT barcode to actually short the put. All other lit
locations requiring product from the inbound tote will be shorted. If an
operator



 9
 









decrements the quantity and presses the “OK” button on
the MaxiPick, PickDirector will suspend the make-up tote and the location will
not be shorted. Re-scanning the same make-up tote will relight the remaining quantity.


3.8.2        Carton Closing


When a shipping carton has
been closed, PickDirector sends PkMS a carton closed message with the store
number, shipping carton ID, and status. The put operator pushes the shipping
carton out of the put slot onto the outbound conveyor for transport to the Put
Label Print and Apply area. The filled shipping carton is transported to the
routing sorter. PkMS sends the Print and Apply system the shipping label
information and sends SortDirector the destination for the carton. Lastly the
put operator assigns an empty shipping carton (obtained from the overhead
monorail) to the now empty slot.


When all zones in the put
line have been visited the make-up tote should be empty. The empty make-up tote
is nested with other make-up totes (up to 4 high) and are placed on the
outbound conveyor and transported to the Tapers.


3.9                  Tapers and
Dunnage


There are tapers and dunnage
fill machines on the four conveyor lines that exit the Put-to-Light Carton
Build area. Conveyors transport cartons to the dunnage fill and tapers.
Operators assist in the operation of the tapers and dunnage fill machines.
After the shipping carton is closed and sealed it is transported to the Label
Print and Apply area. Stacks of empty totes placed on the conveyors in the put
lines are diverted off and routed to the tote make up area prior to the dunnage
fill area.


3.10    Label
Print and Apply Area


There are two areas of label
print and apply. The label print and apply area downstream of the put area has
four (4) print and apply line. The label print and apply area receiving product
from the SKU sorter, the slapper lines and the cross dock lines have eight (8)
print and apply lines.


Cartons arriving at the Print
and Apply area from the put area have a case number label pre-applied at Carton
Make-up. This case label number is scanned by the Print and Apply Scanner. The
Print and Apply System uses its database to determine the shipping label to
apply, then prints and applies the label. Immediately down stream of the
printer label applicator a verification scanner (a component of the Print and
Apply System) reads the label. If the scanned label matches the label that was
to be printed the carton continues on to the scanner/scales.


NOTE if the carton is not known to the Print and
Apply System a special label will be generated that routes the carton to the
jackpot line on the shipping sorter.



 10
 









For the four lines exiting the Put-to-Light Carton
Build area, if the label scanned does not match the label that was to be
printed, the carton is diverted to the error spur for that print and apply
line. An operator removes the carton and determines the nature of the error. If
there is a printer problem it is corrected and the carton is placed on a
conveyor upstream of the print and apply scanner. If the problem is not caused
by a printer problem, the operator must use the PkMS system to determine the
nature of the problem and the corrective action to take.


The cross dock lines from the
SKU sorter, the slapper lines and the cross dock lines transporting cartons to
the Shipping shorter have an LPA area. However these lines to not have separate
error correction lines; cartons with incorrect/missing labels will be diverted
to the No Read/Jackpot line at the Shipping sorter.


Scales are located after the
Print and Apply System and before the shipping merge. The barcode information
and the weight of the shipping carton are received by SortDirector.
SortDirector notifies PkMS the carton has been scanned and supplies the weight
of the carton. PkMS in turn sends SortDirector a Divert Directive message that
provides the destination of the carton. The possible destinations are:


·                            The
shipping no read/jackpot lane


·                            A
store lane on the shipping sorter


·                            A
new store lane on the shipping sorter


·                            A
palletizing lane on the shipping sorter


The carton continues down the
receiving lane to the shipping sorter merge.


3.11           Shipping Sorter


Totes and cartons from the
four (4) conveyors exiting Put-to-Light Carton Build area merge into two (2)
lines, the four (4) cross dock lines, and the four (4) slapper lines feed the
shipping sorter merge. The recirculation line of the shipping sorter merges
with the line exiting the merge.


When a carton arrives at the
shipping sorter it is scanned by the Shipping Sorter Scanner. The cartons
arriving at the shipping sorter have either a shipping label or a UPS tracking
number barcode label. SortDirector in collaboration with the sorter diverts the
carton to the correct lane based on the Divert Directive from PkMS. Upon
receiving a divert confirmation form the sorter, SortDirector sends a Divert
Confirm message to PkMS.


The cartons are sorted to one
of the 42 shipping lanes, two (2) palletizing lanes, two (2) new store lanes or
the no-read /jackpot lane. The cartons diverted to the new store lanes proceed
to the new store loop. The operator at the new store loop will build pallets
containing cartons for only a single store. When the pallet is



 11
 









‘complete’ it is stored in
the conventional warehouse under the direction of PkMS.


3.12           Startup-Procedure
(Typical)


When the main disconnect
switch is turned to the “On” position, the conveyors are energized from “Start”
pushbutton(s) mounted on the main control panel(s). When a “Start pushbutton is
pressed a start-up warning horn sounds for 10 seconds prior to any equipment
movement. This is to warn Personnel to stand clear of the equipment. When the
horn stops sounding, the equipment will be energized.


3.13           Emergency Stop
Procedure (Typical)


Manually actuated emergency
stops have been provided at various points along the conveyor system to
de-energize the conveyors if an emergency occurs. The emergency stop pushbutton
is “Push to Stop” and “Pull to Reset”. The emergency stop pull cords are “Pull
to Stop” and must be reset manually at the actuated switch. When actuated, the
emergency stops are maintained contact-manual reset and will remain in the
actuated position until reset. When the problem has been cleared, the actuated
stop must be reset and the conveyor equipment must be restarted at the control
panel(s) as previously described.


3.14           Accumulation Flow
Control (Typical)


In each area where an
accumulation conveyor may be loaded with product by another conveyor, a
photoelectric controller with time delay relay is included to stop the
preceding conveyor(s) or activate an air operated stop when the accumulation
conveyor is fully loaded and the controller is blocked for a preset time. When
the accumulation conveyor is allowed to begin discharging its load, the
controller will be cleared indicating that space is again available on the
accumulation conveyor. When this occurs, the stopped conveyor(s) will be
restarted automatically or the air-operated stop will be lowered.



 12
 









4         Project Management


Dematic is committed to the
value of effective Project Management in cooperation with The Children’s Place.
Each party shares an equal responsibility in quality management of the
implementation process. The primary benefit and purpose of effective Project
Management is to contain risk for both The Children’s Place and Dematic. Risk
will be mutually contained by delivering a system that:


·                            Meets
Specified System Performance


·                            Imposes
Minimal Interruption to Existing Operations


·                            Provides
Reliability and Support


Effective and timely project
implementation is heavily influenced by quality Project Management. The
fundamental requirements of successful project management are:


·                            Cooperation


·                            Communication


·                            Teamwork


Dematic believes in providing
the best products available, unparalleled service, and undivided attention to
each Customer’s needs. All Dematic products are manufactured under strict
quality procedures. Dematic is registered to the ISO 9001:2000 International
Standard for Quality Management Systems. Engineering and Project Management
methodologies are also controlled under Dematic’s Quality Management System,
ensuring all projects are well managed and stay on schedule.


4.1      Project Team Organization


Upon award of contract, a
Project Team will be assigned to the project. The team will have the
responsibility for the management and implementation of the entire project from
receipt of order through Customer acceptance testing and launch support. The
team will be directed by a Project Manager. The Project Manager will have full
responsibility for the entire project and will be the Dematic representative
for all matters relating to the implementation of the System.



 13
 









4.2      Project Scheduling


In order to effectively
co-ordinate the activities of the project implementation, the Project Manager
will prepare a detailed Project Schedule. The Project Schedule will be based
upon the overall delivery requirements of the schedule outlined in the Proposal
document.


During implementation the
Project Manager will update the Project Schedule regularly to identify critical
activities and ensure proper implementation scheduling. Updates to the Project
Schedule are reviewed with The Children’s Place’s Project Manager.


4.2.1   Acceptance Testing


The Dematic Project Manager
along with The Children’s Place’s Project Manager will create a System Acceptance Test Plan. The
Test Plan defines a systematic approach for each level of required sub-system
testing, and the expectations of the specific tests. The Test Plan additionally
defines the time periods, personnel, equipment, and test loads that are required
for each test.


4.2.1.1     Operational Acceptance


·                            Conducted
under actual or simulated working conditions with The Children’s Place
packaging, and labels, and The Children’s Place Supervision, Operational, and
Maintenance Personnel operating the system.


·                            Duration
not to exceed five (5) days.


·                            It
should be recognized that during the Operational Acceptance phase, it is likely
that adjustments will be required and malfunctions or failures may occur. Any
defect in material or workmanship, found during the Operational Acceptance
Testing, will be remedied by Dematic as expeditiously as possible.


·                            It
should be recognized that during this Operational Acceptance period, it may not
be possible for the mechanized system to function at normal operating levels.
This can be due to conditions, beyond Dematic’s control and related to the
unavailability of product, skills of Maintenance and Operations Personnel, or
the status of supporting logistics. Such conditions will be taken into account
in evaluating the results of the testing period.


·                            Dematic
will be on-site during this Operational Acceptance Testing period for the
purpose of monitoring results and to provide assistance as conditions dictate.



 14















4.2.2                     Final
Acceptance


After completion of the
Acceptance Procedures, Dematic’s Project Manager will furnish The Children’s
Place a letter which will address the following:


·                            The
subject system has been accepted. Acceptance may include an agreed to punch-list
or set of conditions. Issues not resolved during the acceptance proceedings can
be noted in an Action Item List and rectified within an agreed period.


·                            Confirmation
of the commencement of the warranty period.


·                            Final
payment required and due date.


4.3                               Training


This section outlines
training provided by Dematic for The Children’s Place’s facility. Training will
be provided to cover the Automated Material Handling System functional areas,
including Operations, Maintenance, and Information Technology.


4.3.1                     Business-Linked
Learning


Dematic uses a
business-linked learning approach in its training design, development,
delivery, and evaluation efforts.


4.3.1.1           Dematic’s Approach


Dematic’s business-linked
learning approach is shaped by our experience in helping Customers to use
learning as a powerful tool to achieve critical business results. Dematic’s
learning systems are based on the following principles:


·                            Learning
must be tightly linked to desired business outcomes.


·                            Business
linkage is explicitly understood by learners and made evident by the
facilitators of learning.


·                            The
content of learning should be “just-in-time” so that learners can apply their
new knowledge and skill soon after learning.


·                            The
content of learning should be “just-enough” providing the correct and right
amount of learning content to each audience.


·                            There
must be systems and processes in place to provide timely and constructive
feedback to those using new skills on the job.



 15
 









4.3.1.2           Dematic’s Process


To consistently and reliably produce desired business
results, Dematic follows an established process for creating learning that is
specific to The Children’s Place’s installation and application of Dematic
systems (see the following Figure). The following is the outcome for each phase
of the business-linked development process.


Analyze – Clearly defined business goals and environmental context


Design – Blended learning solution that is aligned
with business goals


Develop – Learning content, activities, and exercises aimed at critical skills and
knowledge


Implement – Practice and feedback on performance that mirrors real world performance
requirements


Evaluate – Assessment of learner performance and
training effectiveness at meeting key business results


Figure 2   Business-Linked Learning Development
Process


	
  Analyzer

  	
   

  	
  Design

  	
   

  	
  Develop

  	
   

  	
  Implement

  	
   

  	
  Evaluate

  
	
  ·  Identify Customer business goals

  	
   

  	
  ·       Customize learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Review learning solutions with Dematic subject
  matter experts

  	
   

  	
  ·       Pilot design and learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Assess learner performance

  
	
  ·  Assess Customer work environment and
  workforce attributes

  	
   

  	
  ·        Manuals

  	
   

  	
  ·       Validate learning solution with customer

  	
   

  	
  ·       Finalize design and learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Assess learning solution effectiveness

  
	
  ·  Assess Customer learning systems

  	
   

  	
  ·        Classes

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·       Deliver learning solution

  	
   

  	
  ·       Assess business impact of learning

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Placards

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Job Aids

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Simulations

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·        Videos

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


Using this approach, Managers, Supervisors and
Operators should feel highly empowered and confident, learning should be viewed
as a valuable tool for success, and individual and team learning should be
maximized.


4.3.2                     Training
Program


4.3.2.1           Operations Training


Dematic’s business-linked learning systems provide critical
learning opportunities and experiences for The Children’s Place’s employees.
Dematic’s operations learning solutions are directed at three levels within The
Children’s Place’s organization — Management, Supervisors and Leads, and
Operators. Dematic provides a blended learning solution that covers product
flow, design considerations and decisions, system layout and operations, and
control devices.



 16
 









System Operations training is
provided to give participants an understanding of their assigned area from an
operational perspective. Dematic targets critical operations in the assigned
functional area while explaining flow control, equipment operation, and control
devices. Additionally, discussions focus on upstream and downstream customers,
and how individual and area performance can impact those customers.


At the end of this training,
Operators should understand the operations of their functional area, the area
devices, their upstream and downstream customers, and should be able to
start/stop their portion of the system.


Target Audience


Dematic will train ten (10)
DC Personnel.


Audiences generally include
DC Managers, Operations Supervisors, Operators, and Maintenance Personnel.


Courses


Dematic will provide the
following operations courses.


1.                         Six (6)
sessions, approximately 3 hours per session, conducted over two consecutive
days — Operations Management Training.


4.3.2.2           Maintenance Training


The maintenance curriculum is
designed to cover the mechanical, electrical, and controls aspects of the
installed equipment. Topics include safety, equipment construction and
installation, equipment operation, maintenance and repair procedures, and
technical documentation.


Dematic recommends that all
Personnel responsible for maintaining the system be assigned to work with the
installation and commissioning crews during their final weeks on-site.


Dematic will conduct formal
training courses for the Maintenance Personnel prior to system startup. These
training classes will include classroom lectures, audio-­visual presentations,
and hands-on demonstrations on the installed equipment. Site tours will be
conducted to point out common operational issues that affect equipment uptime.


Knowledge gained on common
system anomalies can be used to increase system efficiencies.


Target Audience


Dematic will train ten (10)
DC Maintenance Personnel.



 17
 









These Personnel must have
existing knowledge in mechanical and electrical fundamentals, as well as a
solid understanding of maintenance practices and procedures. It is strongly
recommended that participants be in attendance for the entire session of each
course.


Courses


Dematic will provide the
following maintenance courses:


1.                         One (1)
session, approximately 3 days per session, conducted over three consecutive
days, first shift only – Conveyor Maintenance – Mechanical.


2.                         One (1) session, approximately 3 days per
session, conducted over three consecutive days, first shift only – Conveyor Maintenance – Electrical Controls.


4.3.2.3           Information Systems
Training


Information System training
is provided to cover the computer hardware and software aspects of The Children’s
Place’s Automated Material Handling System. Software Application Engineering
(SAE) topics include system administration, data storage, computer system
operation, and other computer related tasks.


Participants can use the
skills and knowledge gained in this curriculum to perform administration,
support, and troubleshooting procedures on computer system equipment and
applications. Knowledge gained in computer system areas can be used to increase
system uptime and fault recovery.


Target Audience


Dematic will train ten (10)
DC Personnel.


Audiences generally include
Network Administrators, Operations Supervisors, Key Operators, and Maintenance
Supervisors.


Courses


Dematic will provide the
following information systems courses:


1.                         Six (6) sessions, conducted over two (2)
consecutive days, first shift only, (2 hours per session) – SortDirector
Administrator.



 18
 









4.3.3                     The Children’s
Place Requirements


The
Children’s Place is to provide the following to support the training program:


4.3.3.1           Learner Availability


4.3.3.1.1      Management Responsibility


It
is important for DC management to ensure that Learners and their Supervisors
are informed of scheduled training dates and times. Dematic looks to DC
Management to support us in Dematic’s coordination efforts by communicating the
importance of training to their staff.


4.3.3.1.2      Learner Responsibility


It is important that Learners
are prepared and at the training location on time. Supervisors should
understand, in advance, that their Personnel will be unavailable for work
during training periods. This prevents the disruption of training and ensures
that all Learners have the opportunity to learn critical conveyor system
related job skills.


4.3.4                     Facilities
and Equipment


4.3.4.1           Training Room


For all training sessions,
Dematic requires The Children’s Place to provide a well-lit training room.
Sufficient space and seating arrangements should be made based on the number of
people attending.


·                            Operations
Training – seating for 10


·                            Maintenance
Training – seating for 10


·                            Information
Systems Training – seating for 10


4.3.4.2           Equipment


For all training sessions,
Dematic requires The Children’s Place to provide the following equipment:


·                            Television
and VCR


·                            White
board


·                            Dry-erase
markers and eraser


·                            Safety
equipment (if necessary) for site tours



 19
 









4.4                               Schedule


The Preliminary Project Schedule indicating milestone
dates is provided on the following page.



 20











































	
  

  	
  Proposal
  for Conveyor System

  



 


5                            Material
Handling System


The equipment will perform as
described in this Proposal, when properly managed, operated, and maintained.
Please refer to the Dematic drawings referenced on the Title Page of this
Proposal while reviewing the rate and equipment listings.


5.1                  Materials to be
Handled


The system design is based on
the following material and rate specifications.


5.1.1        Physical Load
Characteristics


The equipment will convey
materials having the dimensions, weights, shapes, surfaces and other
characteristics, as set forth in this Section. The equipment will have the
mechanical capability to convey such materials at the rates specified in this
Section.


The items to be conveyed will
have the following physical properties:


5.1.1.1 Carton Parameters


	
  

  	
   

  	
  Length

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Width

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Height

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  (pounds)

  	
   

  
	
  Shipping Carton

  	
   

  	
  18.5

  	
  ”

  	
  16.25

  	
  ”

  	
  15.5

  	
  ”

  	
  40 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Vendor Carton

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum

  	
   

  	
  9

  	
  ”

  	
  7

  	
  ”

  	
  4.5

  	
  ”

  	
  2 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Standard

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
  ”

  	
  16

  	
  ”

  	
  15

  	
  ”

  	
  25 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
  ”

  	
  22

  	
  ”

  	
  16

  	
  ”

  	
  70 lbs.

  	
   

  







*         Package weight cannot exceed 33 pounds per lineal foot, and
cannot exceed 110 pounds per package.


	
  NOTE

  	
   

  	
  1.

  	
   

  	
  The shipping carton has 8” top flaps that will be
  tabbed down.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.

  	
   

  	
  Vendor carton information is from the Dayton, New
  Jersey facility conveyor drawings.

  




 21
 









5.1.1.2           Put Tote Parameters


	
  

  	
   

  	
  Length

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Width

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Height

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  (pounds)

  	
   

  
	
  Top

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
  ”

  	
  20

  	
  ”

  	
  12

  	
  ”

  	
  30 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Bottom

  	
   

  	
  21

  	
  ”

  	
  17.5

  	
  ”

  	
  12

  	
  ”

  	
  30 lbs.

  	
   

  



 


5.1.1.3                                 Pallet
Parameters


Pallets are not handled by
the mechanized material handling system.


	
  

  	
   

  	
  Length

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Width

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Height 

  (inches)

  	
   

  	
  Weight 

  (pounds)

  	
   

  
	
  Receiving Pallet

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  ”

  	
  48

  	
  ”

  	
  4” (empty)

  	
   

  	
  450 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Storage Pallet

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  ”

  	
  48

  	
  ”

  	
  4” (empty)

  	
   

  	
  450 lbs.

  	
   

  
	
  Shipping Pallet

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  ”

  	
  48

  	
  ”

  	
  4” (empty)

  	
   

  	
  450 lbs.

  	
   

  



 


NOTES


1.                         The
weights and sizes listed in the Table are for equipment design only and are not
to be used to determine what The Children’s Place’s Personnel can lift, carry,
or move.


2.                         The
materials being conveyed are to be presented with the maximum dimension in the
direction of travel and the minimum dimension perpendicular to the conveyor
surface.


3.                         The
materials to be conveyed must be in a condition to allow for proper conveyance.
The bottom surface, in contact with the conveyor, must be firm and flat, free
of distortion, and of sufficient strength to support its own weight.


4.                         Items
which may not convey reliably are those with the following characteristics:


·                             Uneven
bottoms, soft bottoms, or bottoms with banding or strapping


·                             Open
or improperly sealed containers


·                             Imperfections
of the conveyed product


·                             Side
or bottom which has concave or convex distortion


·                             Protrusions
on the sides or bottom


·                             Uneven
weight distribution or shifting center of gravity



 22
 









5.1.2   Product Flow Rate


It is the responsibility of
Dematic to provide equipment that is mechanically capable of conveying the
specified units per minute through the sortation system. The ability to obtain
these rates is predicated on The Children’s Place’s equipment and Personnel
being able to load and unload product to achieve these rates.


The following flow diagram
represents the contract equipment rates, using the average for the material
which will flow through the area.


NOTE


·                            The
equipment will perform as described when properly operated, maintained and
managed by The Children’s Place.


·                            Manual
assistance may be required to initiate and/or maintain the flow of product on
gravity conveyor. It is understood that due to the inherent characteristics of
gravity conveyor, free flow of product may not occur at all times.



 23
 













 24
 









6                            Mechanical
Equipment Details


This Section contains
technical descriptions of the Material Handling Equipment that will be provided
as part of the material handling system supplied to The Children’s Place on
both the 103522 and 104846 projects.


The following items are
described in this Section:


1.                         C-L
Conveyor Components


2.                         Detailed
Mechanical Equipment List


3.                         Detail
Sheets


4.                         Mechanical
Specifications


5.                         Platform
Specifications


6.1                  C-L Conveyor
Components


6.1.1        Conveyor Sides


The C-L100 Conveyor sides are
made up of two parts; a common extruded aluminum guide channel, and a common
extruded aluminum side channel. The guide channel is stacked over the side
channel and held together by metal spring clips. This creates an upper and
lower section. The conveyor side accepts plastic covers which cover and protect
the control components mounted in the side channel.


6.1.2        Conveyor Frame


Two common conveyor sides are
connected together with cross members. The Conveyors are available in three
different frame widths: 550 mm (22 inches), 750mm (30 inches), and 900mm (35
inches). This dimension is measured outside to outside. The actual conveyor
width is 80mm (3 inches) less than each frame.


6.1.3        Interrupter Plates


The Interrupter plates are
high density plastic plates that attach to the conveyor sides. Interrupter
plates are located at bed joints and at a maximum of every three meters.
Interrupter plates have several pre-set knockouts to allow the mounting and
wiring of control stations, beacons, and other field devices on to the side of
the conveyor.



 25
 









6.1.4   T-Bar Connectors


Steel T-Bar Connectors are
used to connect the conveyor frames together. There are two types of T-Bar
connectors—Long T-Bars bars and Short T-Bars. The Long T-Bar Connectors slide
into the upper section of the guide channels and the lower section of the side
channels. The short T-Bar Connectors are used in the upper section of the side
channels (middle), and on curves. Both types of connectors are locked into
place with stamped steel set screws. The connectors have serrated ridges milled
into the upper surface of the Ts to ensure that the T-Bar will bite into the
aluminum conveyor channel to hold the sections securely together. This
connection also provides electrical continuity between the conveyor sections.


6.2      Detailed
Mechanical Equipment List


The Mechanical Equipment List
for your system follows in its entirely.



 26















 


 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: RECIEVING LINES TO RECIEVING MERGE.

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  TU+
  100001

  	
   

  	
  100081

  	
   

  	
  3050

  	
   

  	
  Traversing
  Cantilevered

  Extendable Unloader

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2/1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  3'-6"/4'-0"

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  Traversing
  Cantilevered

  Extendable Unloader:

  25'-0" Retracted - 80'-0" Extended

  Including Track

  Piggy Back Belt Incline To 10'-0"

  Discharge

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+
  100002

  	
   

  	
  100082

  	
   

  	
  410

  	
   

  	
  Belt-on-Roller
  Incline

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  21'-9"

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"/10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
  With Noseover - Power
  Tail Not Req’d.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100003

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90o Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+
  100004

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS
  End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100005

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45 o Curves &
  Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+
  100006

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt
  on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  38'-5"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+
  100007

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100008

  	
   

  	
  100088

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  AP+
  100009

  	
   

  	
  100089

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line
  Scale W/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  Gravity:
  3" Roller Ctrs Mounted On Scale

  Includes Receiving Scale & Controller

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+
  100010

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  130'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BA+
  100011

  	
   

  	
  100091

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm
  Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100012

  	
   

  	
  100092

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt
  on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  RT+
  100013

  	
   

  	
  100093

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI
  Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6n

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  



 



 27
 









 


	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100024

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
     

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100026

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100027

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  38'-5"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100028

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100031

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100043

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-11"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100044

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100045

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  21'-8"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100046

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  39'-8"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  9'-7"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100047

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100050

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  189'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100063

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  27'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100064

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100065

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  28'-3"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100066

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  40'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100067

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  70'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100070

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  196'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100083

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  32'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 90° Curve

  	
   

  



 



 28
 









 


	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100084

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
     

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100085

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  33'-7"45°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [1] 45° Curve & Junction

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100086

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  40'-8"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100087

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  69'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100090

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  217'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: RECIEVING SLAPPER
  LINE.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100101

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G1L -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  58'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/17'-4"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100103

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  17'-4"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  21'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  17'-4"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100105

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-9"90°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100107

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 100108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  Gravity: 3" Roller
  Ctrs Mounted On Scale Includes Receiving Scale & Controller

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  91'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100111

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 29
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: RECIEVING MERGE
  THRU SKU SORTER.

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  With [6] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100201

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  With [2] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  45°

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  P12 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100203

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  410

  	
   

  	
  Belt-on-Roller
  Horizontal

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  104'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  410

  	
   

  	
  Belt-on-Roller Incline

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  116'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
  With Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100205

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P12 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  27.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Dynamic
  Photo Eye Accumulation

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 100207

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 1+2

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 100208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 3+4

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 100209

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  Fixed Speed Last Induct

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100210

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+ 100211

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert
  Switch Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  474'-0"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (38) Right Hand Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100212

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves
  & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-6"0°

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100213

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100214

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100215

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  180'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100216

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 100217

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100218

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  20'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 30















	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: SKU DIVERT LINES.

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  GW+ 100301

  	
   

  	
  100332

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
    

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 100401

  	
   

  	
  100432

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  55'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"/6'-3"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller-3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100501

  	
   

  	
  100532

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  6'-3"/5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Roller Hinge & Slider Hinge

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100601

  	
   

  	
  100632

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50rnm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-11"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  32

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 100701

  	
   

  	
  100732

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  40'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller-3" c/c Fixed End Stop

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: SKU SORTER NO READ
  LINE.

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 100801

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves
  & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"70°

  	
   

  	
  635

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 100802

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  48'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/14'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 100803

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  46'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 100804

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  40'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W/1.9" Dia Rollers -3" c/c Fixed End Stop

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: CROSSDOCK LINE TO
  LPA MERGE

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 101101

  	
   

  	
  101401

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Sorter
  Take-away

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"0°

  	
   

  	
  635

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101103

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  25'-9"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ 30° & 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  42'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101105

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  169'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101107

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  W/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  



 



 31
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  67'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+  101110

  	
   

  	
  101410

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101111

  	
   

  	
  101411

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  AP+  101112

  	
   

  	
  101412

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101113

  	
   

  	
  101413

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  BA+  101114

  	
   

  	
  101416

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+  101117

  	
   

  	
  101417

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101118

  	
   

  	
  101418

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  RT+  101119

  	
   

  	
  101419

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  38'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101203

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-0"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° & 90° Curves

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  41'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101205

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  174'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101207

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  101208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-l"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  101209

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  72'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  



 



 32
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101302

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  29'-11"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101303

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-7"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° & 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  49'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101305

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  169'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101307

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101309

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101402

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Bett on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  21'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101403

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-8"120°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° & 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101404

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  47'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  18'-0/29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101405

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  168'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101406

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  176'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101407

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 101408

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  27'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  29'-0"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 101409

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 1
  TO LPA MERGE

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200101

  	
   

  	
  200109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200111

  	
   

  	
  200119 

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200130

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 33
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200132

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200134

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200136

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200138

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200140

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  257'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200142

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200144

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  101'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200148

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200150

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200152

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200154

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200156

  	
   

  	
  200160

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200162

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200164

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200166

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 2
  TO LPA MERGE

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200201

  	
   

  	
  200209

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200211

  	
   

  	
  200219

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200230

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 34















	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200232

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200234

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200236

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200238

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200240

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  264'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200242

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200244

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  105'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200248

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200250

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200252

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200254

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200256 

  	
   

  	
  200260 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-5"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200262

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200264

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200266

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 3
  TO LPA MERGE.

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200301

  	
   

  	
  200309

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200311

  	
   

  	
  200319

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 35
 









 


	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200332

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200334

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] 90° Curves & [2] 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200336

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200340

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  128'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200342

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200344

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  96'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200348

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200350

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200352

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/ Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200354

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'- 9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200356 

  	
   

  	
  200360

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200362

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200364

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200366

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SLAPPER LINE NO. 4
  TO LPA MERGE.

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200401

  	
   

  	
  200409

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  200411

  	
   

  	
  200419

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200430

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F21 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200432

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  15'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  



 



 36
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200434

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-6"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] 90° Curves & [2] 45°
  Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200436

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  70'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  5'-6"/24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200440

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  148'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  16'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200442

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 200444

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  110'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Ailgner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200448

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200450

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] Station LPA
  System

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 200452

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale w/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200454

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-6"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200456

  	
   

  	
  200460 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 200462

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 200464

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 200466

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD AREA.

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  300101

  	
   

  	
  300124

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fabricated Steel Pallet
  Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  300131

  	
   

  	
  300154 

  	
   

  	
  3010

  	
   

  	
  Flow Track and Flow Rack

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Pair Of Pallet Flow
  Tracks

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 300161

  	
   

  	
  300184

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G1L -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller- 3"
  c/c

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 300201

  	
   

  	
  300224 

  	
   

  	
  Table

  	
   

  	
  Work Table

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tote Build Work Table:

  30" Wide x 6'-0" Long 

  Dematic Installation Set In Place

  	
   

  



 



 37
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO.1

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300300

  	
   

  	
  300302

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/ Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  54'-3"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  1'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300310

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  1'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120,00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 300314

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  131'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 300316

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300318

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  53'-5"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300320

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  65'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300322

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300324

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300326

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300328

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  35'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300332

  	
   

  	
  300340

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 300342

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 38















 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 2.

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300400

  	
   

  	
  300402

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/
  Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300404

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-6"90o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300406

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  48'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300408

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"90o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300410

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"30o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve &
  30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 3.

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300500

  	
   

  	
  300512

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/
  Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300502

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300504

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-11"60o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 30° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300508

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"30o

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300514

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300516

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  41'-2"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300518

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300520

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  65'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"/30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300522

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 39
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300524

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300526

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300528

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-1"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300530

  	
   

  	
  300532

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  33'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300534

  	
   

  	
  300540

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 300542

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 4.

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300600

  	
   

  	
  300612

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  Double Deck Supports w/
  Empty Tote Line

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300602

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300604

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-11"60°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 30° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300608

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-6"30°

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300614

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300616

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  50'-2"

  	
   

  	
  120.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300618

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300620

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  119'-11"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300622

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  65'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/32'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 300624

  	
   

  	
  300630

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 40
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300632

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  34'-3"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300634

  	
   

  	
  300642

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 300644

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  45°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  30'-6"

  	
   

  	
  P22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL MERGE
  THRU SORTER & RECIRCULATION.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-11"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  With [3] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400101

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  45o

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P12 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  Eye Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  27.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Dynamic
  Photo

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 400103

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 1+2

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 400104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct
  Belts 3+4

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+ 400105

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  Fixed Speed Last Induct

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  90o

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  P22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+ 400107

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert
  Switch

  Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  512'-6"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (41) Left Hand Divert
  [6] Future Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 400108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves
  &

  Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-6"0o

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400109

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  104'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90o

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90o Curve

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400111

  	
   

  	
  400113

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400114

  	
   

  	
  400115

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  33'-8"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400116

  	
   

  	
  400118

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400119

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR

  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-7"30o

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30o Curve & 30o
  Wedge

  	
   

  



 



 41
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL SORTER NO
  READ-JACKPOT LINE.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 400200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Sorter
  Take-away

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"70o

  	
   

  	
  635

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400201

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  49'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-7"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 400203

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"/25'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 400204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 400205

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  21.6

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Fixed
  End Stop

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL SORTER
  DIVERT LINES.

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  GW+ 400211

  	
   

  	
  400230

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  GW+ 400231

  	
   

  	
  400250

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 400311

  	
   

  	
  400350

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Wheel Conveyor

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 400351

  	
   

  	
  400390

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller- 3"
  c/c

  	
   

  
	
  40

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 400401

  	
   

  	
  400440

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Control Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  G11 -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia. Roller- 3"
  c/c

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: TOTE BUILD
  PTL LINES.

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 401101

  	
   

  	
  401120

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  85'-0"

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  w/Side Mounted Drive

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 401121

  	
   

  	
  401140

  	
   

  	
  1102

  	
   

  	
  Belt-Driven LR

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  85'-0"

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  w/Side-Mounted Drive

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  SH+ 401141

  	
   

  	
  401160

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tilt Shelving Two Levels
  per PTL Mod. 80'-0" Lg. Each Shelf

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  160'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Upper Level Shelves Both
  Sides

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  SH+ 401161

  	
   

  	
  401180

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tilt Shelving Two Levels
  per PTL Mod. 80'-0" Lg. Each Shelf

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  160'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  22'-11"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Lower Level Shelves Both
  Sides

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401181

  	
   

  	
  401200

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401201

  	
   

  	
  401220

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60o Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  



 



 42















	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  PTL TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 1

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401300

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  246'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401302

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  11'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  22'-7"/23'10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  229'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-11"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401310 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  50'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  32'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401314

  	
   

  	
  401316

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401318

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA + 401326

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA + 401328

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401332

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck 

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401334

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401336

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401338

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401340

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 2.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401400

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  246'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ DZC

  	
   

  



 



 43
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401404

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  239'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401406

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401408

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  74'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401410

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-l1"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401412

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  25'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401414

  	
   

  	
  401416

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401418

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401420

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401422

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401424

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401426

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC. 07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401428

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401430

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 - 

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401432

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-7"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401434

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401436

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401438

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1)90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401440

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 44
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401442

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401444

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401446

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"45°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 45° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401448

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+ 401449

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL
  TAKE-AWAY LINE NO. 3.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401500

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  231'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401502

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401504

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.09

  	
   

  	
  BOS End Drive

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  13'-11"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401506

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  66'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401508

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  32'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401510

  	
   

  	
  401512 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401514

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+401522

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  78'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-7"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401524

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401526

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401528

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Scale

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401530

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401532

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 45
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401534

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401536

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01  

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-10"60°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 60° Curve & 30°
  Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  Area: PTL TAKE-AWAY LINE
  NO. 4.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401600

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  227'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401602

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401604

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  91'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401606

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  13'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401608

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  25'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  25'-11"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401610

  	
   

  	
  401612 

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401614

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  78'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401616

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0°

  	
   

  	
  F11-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401618

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AP+ 401620

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  In-Line Scale W/
  Conveyor Deck

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401622

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.07

  	
   

  	
  GPC Right Angle Transfer

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 401624

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  16'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 401626

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  24'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder &
  Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401628

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-7"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401630

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 401632

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 46















 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401634

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401636

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401638

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401640

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  401642

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"45°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 45° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401644

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  43'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+  401646

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  SSLI Live Roller Wedge

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  7'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: EMPTY TOTE DELIVERY TO TOTE BUILD - LINE NO. 1.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401320

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401322

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401324

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  0/1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+   402206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  213'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"30°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402210

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-0"45°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 45° Wedge & 45° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402212

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  62'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402214

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  



 



 47
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  402216

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  53'-4"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402218

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402220

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  21

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  51'-8"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402222

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01 

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  23

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  56'-7"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  EMPTY TOTE DELIVERY TO TOTE BUILD - LINE 2.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401516

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve  & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  401518

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  401520

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover, Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  86'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Alignment Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  226'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-1"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation Air Operated Pivot Arm Divert - Discharge End

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  297'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5'-10"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402114

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  65'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+  402116

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-3"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+  402118

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-0"/4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power
  Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+  402120

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  9'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  



 



 48
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  402122

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  51'-8"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  402124

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  56'-7"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  4'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  LPA MERGE THRU SHIPPING SORTER & RECIRCULATION.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500100

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  45'-1"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  With [6] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500102

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  45'-1"

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  With [5] Inputs

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500104

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  240

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  P12
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500106

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  125'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500108

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  77'-5"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"/14'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Tail & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500110

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  P12
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500112

  	
   

  	
  977

  	
   

  	
  Flat Belt Turn

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SS

  	
   

  	
  90°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  P12
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500114

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation Eye Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  60'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F21
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, Dynamic Photo

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+

  	
   

  	
  500116

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct Belts 1+2

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI+

  	
   

  	
  500118

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  4 Belt Servo Induct Belts 3+4

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BI-

  	
   

  	
  500120

  	
   

  	
  2311

  	
   

  	
  Fixed Speed Last Induct

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  6'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+

  	
   

  	
  500122

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert Switch Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  310'-0"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (21) Left Hand Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500124

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  72'-6"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500126

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed - High Speed

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  72'-6"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SS+

  	
   

  	
  500128

  	
   

  	
  2421

  	
   

  	
  RS200 Magnetic Divert Switch Sorter

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  383'-0"

  	
   

  	
  540

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (26) Left Hand Diverts

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+

  	
   

  	
  500130

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-0"90°

  	
   

  	
  450

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
  End Drive HQ Bearings

  	
   

  



 



 49
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+

  	
   

  	
  500132

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  4'-0"180°

  	
   

  	
  360

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  G22-

  	
   

  	
  Center Drive HQ Bearings

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500134

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  VFD

  	
   

  	
  240'-0"

  	
   

  	
  350.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500136

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  70'-7"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500138

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-6"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500140

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  49'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500142

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  20'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500144

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  79'-3"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500146

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 45° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500148

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  84'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500150

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  139'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500152

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  41'-2"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+

  	
   

  	
  500154

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500156

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C/P

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  23'-10"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"/28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500158

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  11'-1"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ (1) 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500160

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500162

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+

  	
   

  	
  500164

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  14'-9"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+

  	
   

  	
  500166

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  36'-1"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RT+

  	
   

  	
  500168

  	
   

  	
  2490

  	
   

  	
  High Speed LR Curves & Junctions

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  28'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22-

  	
   

  	
  w/ End Drive, (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  



 



 50















	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  NEW STORE LOOP NO. 1.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 500200

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500202

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  69'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500204

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  34'-6"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500206

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  57'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500208

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 500210

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500212

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-5"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500214

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500216

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500218

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500220

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: NEW STORE LOOP NO. 3.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 500300

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500302

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  69'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500304

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  19'-9"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500306

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  57'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500308

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-3"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  



 



 51
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 500310

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-5"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 30° Curve & 30° Wedge

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500314

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500316

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 500318

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  68'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 500320

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SHIP LINES.

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 501101

  	
   

  	
  501142

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-6"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 501201 

  	
   

  	
  501242

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 501301

  	
   

  	
  501342

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-4"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 501401

  	
   

  	
  501442

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  54'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 501501 

  	
   

  	
  501542

  	
   

  	
  405

  	
   

  	
  Slider Bed Decline

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  40'-7"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  13'-10"/5'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Herringbone Pivot Ramp

  	
   

  
	
  42

  	
   

  	
  BE+ 501601 

  	
   

  	
  501642

  	
   

  	
  3050

  	
   

  	
  Cantelivered Extendable

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2/1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  3'-6"

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  Model 3050 Cantelivered Extendable:

   25'-0" Retracted
  80'-0' Extended

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  SHIPPING SORTER DIVERT TO PTL PALLET BUILD.

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 502100 

  	
   

  	
  502112

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11"70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  83'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CC+ 502104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL100L

  	
   

  	
  Loose Parts

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 502106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  



 



 52
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 502110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia Roller & 3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502114

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  79'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502116

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Curve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 502118

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOS

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Slider

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C/F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  46'-6"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Noseover & Power Tail

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 502120

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-8"90°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ 90° Cuve

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 502122

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  G11
  -

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia Roller & 3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: SHIPPING NO READ LINE TO LPA.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  WG+ 503100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2485

  	
   

  	
  High Speed Gravity Wheel

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8'-11" 70°

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-2"/13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  G22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 503102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  75'-0"

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed, DZC w/ Brake

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BA+ 503104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.01

  	
   

  	
  50mm Segmented BOR Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  29'-7"180°

  	
   

  	
  180.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (2) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 503106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  F/C

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  42'-9"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  13'-9"/24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F22
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Power Feeder & Noseover

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 503108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPC.02

  	
   

  	
  50mm O-Ring Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  30'-10"270°

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ (3) 90° Curves

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RA+ 503110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CL200RA

  	
   

  	
  Roller Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  35.4

  	
   

  	
  P

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  80'-0"

  	
   

  	
  150.00

  	
   

  	
  24'-0"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ Aligner Bed

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area:
  CARTON ERECTOR DISCHARGE CONVEYOR.

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 504105

  	
   

  	
  504115

  	
   

  	
  CL200BOR

  	
   

  	
  Belt on Roller

  	
   

  	
  29.5

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  15'-3"

  	
   

  	
  90.00

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  F11
  -

  	
   

  	
  w/ [2] LPA - One Each Side

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RG+ 504110

  	
   

  	
  504120

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  Gravity Roller

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2'-6"

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  1.9" Dia Roller & 3" c/c

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area: EMPTY CARTON LINE TO BALER.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  116'-9"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  7'-1"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800102

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  97'-2"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  4'-1"/14'-0"

  	
   

  	
   T22 -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  127'-9"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  8'-0"/10'-4"

  	
   

  	
  T22
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800106

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  116'-9"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  7'-1"/11'-0"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 53
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800108

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  150'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  10'-4"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800110

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  150'-0"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  10'-4"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BT+ 800112

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  Empty Carton

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  C

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  17'-6"

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  8'-0"

  	
   

  	
  T11
  -

  	
   

  	
  Reversing Drive

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Area; Miscellaneous Equipment.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900001

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Support Grid

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [6] Area's 12'-0"x 40'-0"

  480 SF Each - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900002

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  PTL - Platform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  PTL Platform 21'-6 TOD

  Approx. 119,000 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900003

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "A"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "A" 11' -6 TOD

  Approx. 4,725 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900004

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "B"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping Platform "B" 11' -6 TOD

  Approx. 6,075 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900005

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Merge Platform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Merge Platform 18'-0 TOD

  Approx. 14,706 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900006

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  SKU Sorter Platform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  SKU Sorter Platform 11' -6" TOD

  Approx. 9,400 SF - Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900010

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Corregate Baler

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [2] Corregate Balers:

  International NA-1296 Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  NP+ 900012

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Monorail System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Overhead Monorail System:

  Complete Installed & Controlled

  	
   

  



 



 54
 









 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Unit number

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  W

  	
   

  	
  Sppt

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  Mtr

  	
   

  	
  (ft-

  	
   

  	
  Speed

  	
   

  	
  IN / OUT

  	
   

  	
  G.R.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  from

  	
   

  	
  thru

  	
   

  	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Typ

  	
   

  	
  (HP)

  	
   

  	
  Opt

  	
   

  	
  in/deg)

  	
   

  	
  (fpm)

  	
   

  	
  (ft-in)

  	
   

  	
  rows

  	
   

  	
  Comment

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900014

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Carton Erector

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [2] Carton Erectors: 

  Fully Automatic Carton Erector

  Install By Dematic

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  AC+
  900016

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Air Compressor

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dual Package System Compressor System.

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900017

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Framed Graphic

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900018

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dunnage Machine's

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [4] CPI CushionFill Macines:

  No cost for the machine.

  Customer Purchases Consumables

  [1] Pallet of Cushin Fill Film Included

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  900020

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  LPA Stations

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [12] LPA Stations @ Label Print & Apply

  [2] LPA Stations @ Carton Erectors

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CR+
  900800

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  XOVR

  	
   

  	
  Crossover

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [3] Multi-Stair Type Crossovers

  [12] Single Single Crossovers

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CW+
  900901

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CATW

  	
   

  	
  Catwalk - No Handrail

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1000'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CW+
  900902

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  CATW

  	
   

  	
  Catwalk - One Handrail

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  805'-0"

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 



 55















6.3      Detail Sheets


The Detail Sheets for the
equipment in your system follow.



 56
 









 


Dematic
C-L 100-ST Belt on Roller


 





 


In a Dematic C-L 100-ST
Belt on Roller (BOR) section, the belt spans the whole length of the section,
is driven by a 110 mm powered roller, and suspended on 50 mm idler rollers. End
pulley rollers are used to keep the belt tensioned and properly aligned


 





 


	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal, Incline (0° - 20°), or Decline (0° -
  20°)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  3.0 m/s

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical bed length

  	
   

  	
  .75 m to 6 m in .25 m increments

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone configuration

  	
   

  	
  Operates as one zone

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical controls location

  	
   

  	
  Left or right side channel

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  110 mm powered roller

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per section located at the discharge end of the
  section

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm with stub axle bearing cartridge

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Quantity varies by bed length

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End pulley roller

  	
   

  	
  55 mm with through axle with high load bearings

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Three located at each end of the section

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  Single ply belt including scrim

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Top side of the belt: longitudinal ribs for
  incline/decline applications

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Top side of the belt: needle fabric/fleece for
  horizontal applications

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Bottom side of the belt: needle fabric/fleece for
  all applications

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Splicing: finger splice for production, spiral
  lacing for replacement belts

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
  150 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
  5 mm

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
  0.1 kg

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
  800 mm

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
  50 kg

  	
   

  



 


Rev
2004-September-20



 57
 









Dematic C-L100-CS Segmented Belt on Roller


 





 


In a Dematic
C-L100-CS Segmented Belt on Roller (SBOR) section, each zone has one belt. The
belt is driven by a 50 mm tapered powered roller and suspended on 50 mm tapered
idler rollers.


 





 


	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation, Zero Pressure Accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  0.35 m/s - 2.4 m/s

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical curve direction

  	
   

  	
  Left or Right

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical curve angle

  	
   

  	
  30°, 45°, 60°, or 90° (inside radius = 750 mm)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone configuration

  	
   

  	
  30° curve angle = 2 zones, 45°
  curve angle = 3 zone,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  60° curve angle = 4 zones, 90°
  curve angle = 6 zones

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Each zone requires one powered roller

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical controls location

  	
   

  	
  Outer side channel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm tapered with high-load bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at discharge end of zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm tapered with stub axle bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at discharge end of zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  1.7 mm thick PVC belt

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  150 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  50 kg

  



 


Rev 2004-August-17



 58
 









Dematic C-L100-ST O-ring Drive Roller





 


In a Dematic
C-L100-ST O-ring Drive Roller (ODR) section, each zone has one 50 mm powered
roller that drives all the idler rollers in the zone via interleaved o-rings.


 





 


	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation, Zero Pressure Accumulation, Reverse
  Slug Accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  0.35 m/s - 1.0 m/s

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical bed length

  	
   

  	
  .5 m to 6 m in based on zone length

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone configuration

  	
   

  	
  .5 m, .75 m, and 1 m zones

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical controls location

  	
   

  	
  Left or right side channel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved with high-load bearing
  cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at the center of the zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved with stub axle bearing
  cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Quantity varies by zone configuration

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O-ring

  	
   

  	
  Polyurethane belt, 4.75 mm thick, 62.5 mm pitch

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  190 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  30 kg

  



 


Rev 2004-September-20



 59
 









Dematic
C-L100-CS O-ring Drive Roller





In a Dematic C-L100-CS O-ring Drive Roller (ODR) section, each zone has
one 50 mm powered roller that drives all the idler rollers in the zone via
interleaved o-rings.


 





 


	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  Position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating Mode

  	
   

  	
  Transportation, Zero Pressure Accumulation, Zero Gap
  Accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating Speed

  	
   

  	
  0.35 m/s - 1.0 m/s

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical Curve
  Direction

  	
   

  	
  Left or Right

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical Curve
  Angle

  	
   

  	
  30°, 45°, 60°, or 90° (inside radius = 750 mm)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical Zone
  Configuration

  	
   

  	
  30° curve angle = 2 zones, 45°
  curve angle = 3 zones,

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  60° curve angle = 4 zones, 90°
  curve angle = 6 zones

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Each zone requires one powered roller

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical
  Controls Location

  	
   

  	
  Outer side channel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered Roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved and tapered with high-load
  bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  One per zone located at the center of the zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm double-grooved and tapered with stub axle
  bearing cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Quantity varies by zone configuration

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O-ring

  	
   

  	
  Polyurethane belt, 4.75 mm thick, 72.5 mm pitch

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum package
  requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  190 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package
  dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  1350 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  30 kg

  



 


Rev 2004-August-17



 60
 









Dematic C-L100-RT Right Angle
Transfer





 


The Dematic C-L100-RT Right Angle Transfer section provides  perpendicular package transfers to the left or right in low throughput applications.
The RT is available in light and
heavy duty configurations.





	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  position

  	
   

  	
  Horizontal

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating speed

  	
   

  	
  2.4 m/s (maximum)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  raise/lower cycle time

  	
   

  	
  194 msec

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  throughput per hour

  	
   

  	
  1800 u/h (maximum)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Based on a standard 600 mm by 400 mm by 37.5 kg
  carton

  
	
  Operating
  throughput per minute

  	
   

  	
  30 cpm (maximum)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Based on a standard 600 mm by 400 mm by 37.5 kg
  carton

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  destinations served

  	
   

  	
  Maximum of 3 (straight forward, 90° right, and 90°
  left)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical bed
  length

  	
   

  	
  1 m

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical zone
  configuration

  	
   

  	
  Operates as one zone

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Physical
  controls location

  	
   

  	
  

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A master control section must be connected to either
  Port 2 or 3.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Powered roller

  	
   

  	
  50 mm powered roller with high-load bearing
  cartridge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2 for light duty configuration, 4 for heavy duty
  configuration

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Idler roller

  	
   

  	
  41 mm idler rollers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive and
  transfer belt

  	
   

  	
  Flat urethane

  



 



 61
 









 


	
  Minimum package requirements

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  75 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  190 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  5 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  0.1 kg

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum package
  dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension perpendicular to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Length

  	
   

  	
  800 mm (dimension parallel to flow)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  800 mm

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  50 kg

  



 


Rev
2004-November-16



 62
 









C-L200 BOR Description


·      Fully
compatible with Dematic C-L100 


·      Single
drive for long runs


·      Extruded
aluminum side channels


·      Widely
varying product loads


·      Excellent
for inclines 


 


C-L200 BOR belt conveyor
complements  C-L100 and offers the
efficiency of a single drive for long belt conveyor runs. It provides a
cost-effective option to motorized rollers                         


 





	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  Two-way, horizontal or incline, no accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum
  incline/decline

  	
   

  	
  20 degrees, with applicable brake motor

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum product
  width

  	
   

  	
  820 mm (32")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum product
  length

  	
   

  	
  250 mm (10")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Capacity

  	
   

  	
  65 kg/m (45 lb/ft); 50 kg (110 lb) product maximum

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Speeds

  	
   

  	
  .20 m/s – 1.27 m/s in approx. .05 m/s increments (40-250 fpm in approx.
  10 fpm increments)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Temperature
  Range

  	
   

  	
  +2°C to +40°C (+35°F to +104°F)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drives

  	
   

  	
  522 lb. center drive

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Motor and
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  .37 kW through 3.73 kW (1/2 through 5 hp), C-face

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  FS x FS (horizontal), RT x FS (inclines)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed

  	
   

  	
  Extruded aluminum side channels with extruded
  crossmembers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOR EB: End bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOR IB: Intermediate bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOR DB: Drive bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Lengths

  	
   

  	
  500 mm (20"), 750 mm (29"), 1000 mm (39"),
  1500 mm (59"), 2000 mm (79"), 2250 mm (89"), 3000 mm (118"),
  4500 mm (177"), 6000 mm (236")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Return Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm (1.97") dia. galvanized with 11 mm (7/16")
  hex HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Snubber Rollers

  	
   

  	
  56 mm (2-3/16") diameter with HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Carrier Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm (1.97") dia. galvanized with 11 mm (7/16")
  hex HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Roller Centers

  	
   

  	
  125 mm (5") or 187.5 mm (7-3/8")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End Pulley

  	
   

  	
  100 mm (4") diameter with 37 mm (1-7/16")
  diameter fixed shaft

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Power Feeder

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 PT, box bed with 100 mm (4") diameter
  end and drive pulleys

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Noseover Hinge

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 NO, with two T-bars and two 56 mm (2-3/16")
  snubber rollers

  



 


Rev 2006-June 1



 63
 









C-L200
BOS Description


·                 Fully compatible with Dematic C-L100


·                 Single drive for long runs


·                 Extruded aluminum side channels


·                 Widely varying product loads


·                 Excellent for declines


 


C-L200 BOS conveyor complements C-L100, offers
the efficiency of a single drive for long runs, and provides a cost-effective
option to motorized rollers.





 


	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  Two-way, horizontal or incline, no accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum
  incline/decline

  	
   

  	
  20 degrees, with applicable brake motor

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum product
  width

  	
   

  	
  820 mm (32")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum product
  length

  	
   

  	
  None

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Capacity

  	
   

  	
  65 kg/m (45 lb/ft); 50 kg (110 lb) product maximum

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Speeds

  	
   

  	
  .20 m/s – 1.27 m/s in approx. .05 m/s increments
  (40-250 fpm in approx.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  10 fpm increments)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Temperature
  Range

  	
   

  	
  +2°C to +40°C (+35°F to +104°F)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  522 lb. center drive

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Motor and
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  .37 kW through 3.73 kW (1/2 through 5 hp), C-face

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt

  	
   

  	
  FS x FS (horizontal), RT x FS (inclines)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed

  	
   

  	
  10-gage steel pan and extruded crossmembers bolted
  between extruded aluminum side channels. Available bed heights of 179 mm (7')
  (standard) or 173 mm (6-13/16") (merge points)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOS EB: End bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOS IB: Intermediate bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 BOS DB: Drive bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Lengths

  	
   

  	
  500 mm (20"), 750 mm (29"), 1000 mm (39"),
  1500 mm (59"), 2000 mm (79"), 2250 mm (89"), 3000 mm (118"),
  4500 mm (177"), 6000 mm (236")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Return Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50 mm (1.97") dia. galvanized with 11mm (7/16")
  hex HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Snubber Rollers

  	
   

  	
  56 mm (2-3/16") diameter with HQ bearings

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End Pulley

  	
   

  	
  100 mm (4") diameter with 37 mm (1-7/16")
  diameter fixed shaft

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Power Feeder

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 PT, box bed with 100 mm (4") dia. end
  and drive pulleys

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Noseover Hinge

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 NO, with two T-bars and two 56 mm (2-3/16")
  snubber rollers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Roller Box Bed

  	
   

  	
  Rollers spaced under the belt for reduced suction
  and friction

  



 


Rev 2006-June 1



 64
 









C-L200 RA Description


·                 Fully compatible with Dematic C-L100


·                 Single drive for long runs


·                 Extruded aluminum side channels


·                 Zero line pressure


·                 Quiet at low and high speeds


 


C-L200 RA Roller Accumulation Conveyor
complements C-L100 and offers the efficiency of using a single drive for long
conveyor runs. It provides a cost-effective option to motorized rollers.


 





 


	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  One-way, horizontal, accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
  Zero line pressure accumulation with electronic
  sensing

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum product
  width

  	
   

  	
  900mm (35")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum product
  length

  	
   

  	
  None

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Capacity

  	
   

  	
  65 kg/m (45 lb/ft); 50 kg (110 lb) product maximum

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Speeds

  	
   

  	
  .25 m/s — 2 m/s in approx. 05 m/s increments (50-400
  fpm in approx. 10 fpm increments)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Discharge Rates
  (3” roller centers)

  	
   

  	
  With no reflector offset, at .85 m/s (168 fpm):

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·      50%
  w/ singulation discharge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·      90%
  w/ dynamic accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  With 152 mm (6") reflector offset: 65% w/
  dynamic accumulation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Operating
  Temperature Range

  	
   

  	
  +2°C to +40°C (+35°F to +104°F); 5% to 95% relative
  non-condensing

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  humidity

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drives

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 RA DR Drive Assembly

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Standard: End drive with 158 kg (350 lb) maximum
  pull, with 1.1m

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (44") belt take-up

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Center drive available for when more clearance is
  needed under charge end

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Motor and
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  Totally enclosed .75 kW to 3.73 kW (1 to 5 hp)
  C-face motor and 90°

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  shaft gear reducer

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive Belt

  	
   

  	
  Flat polyurethane body with aramid fiber
  reinforcement and anti-static

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  nylon back

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed

  	
   

  	
  Extruded aluminum 175mm (7") deep side
  channels, bolted construction

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 RA EB: End bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 RA IB: Intermediate bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ·  C-L200 RA DB: Drive bed

  



 



 65
 









C-L200 RA Description


	
  Skewed Roller Bed

  	
   

  	
  C-L200 RA SB: Provides 51 mm or 76 mm (2" or 3")
  skew for edge

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  alignment of products to a specific side. Available
  with 3.66 m (12')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  long beds only

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Lengths

  	
   

  	
  Intermediate: 1.52 m (5'), 1.83 m (6'), 2.13 m (7'),
  3.05 m (10'), 3.66 m

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (12'), 4.57 m (15'), 5.49 m (18')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Charge: 3.66 m (12')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Discharge: 1.83 m (6') and 3.66 m (12')

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Carrier Rollers

  	
   

  	
  50mm (1.97") dia. galvanized steel captured
  rollers with 11 mm (7/16")

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  hex HQ bearings, 76 mm (3") centers

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Sensor Assembly

  	
   

  	
  Photoeye and matching reflector fit in the guide
  channels

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Drive Pulley

  	
   

  	
  Solid Steel in 134 mm (5-9/32") to 167 mm
  (6-9/16") diameter, depending on speed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  End Pulley

  	
   

  	
  140 mm (5-1/2") diameter at charge and
  discharge ends

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Controlled End
  Cap and Intermediate

  	
   

  	
  Engages / disengages drive in the zone on a charge /
  discharge bed.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Bed Assembly for
  Controlled Charge

  	
   

  	
  Also available with a brake that stops rotation of
  carrier rollers near

  
	
  and Discharge

  	
   

  	
  end of discharge bed

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Slug Discharge
  (via electrical signal)

  	
   

  	
  Activates selected or all zones to live roller mode

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Photoeye

  	
   

  	
  Up to 100 ma, 30 VDC

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  120 VAC and 24 VDC output

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ES Valve and
  Control Assy

  	
   

  	
  21-28 VDC at 40 to 80 ma DC, sleep mode

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Solenoid Air
  Valve (End Assy w/o or

  	
   

  	
  3- or 4-way, 120 VAC and 24 VDC.

  
	
  w/brake)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Slug Discharge
  and Dynamic

  	
   

  	
  Optional valve kits available in 120 VAC and 24 VDC.

  
	
  Accumulation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Air operating
  pressure

  	
   

  	
  3.16 kg/cm (45-psi) Recommended minimum for air source:
  4.92 kg/cm (70-psi)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Belt Take-up
  pressure

  	
   

  	
  3.16 kg/cm (45-psi)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Control air
  pressure

  	
   

  	
  .49 kg/cm (7 psi)

  



 


Rev 2006-June 1



 66
 









Model 0100 Gravity Wheel Conveyor


·       High Strength-To-Weight Ratio


·       Wide Wheel Face


·       Hardened Raceways


Light and portable gravity wheel conveyors are the first choice for
materials with a reasonably firm bottom surface and moderate weight.


10' Bed Capacities (pounds)


	
   

  	
   

  	
  Steel Frame

  	
   

  	
  Aluminum Frame

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2-1/2"

  	
   

  	
  4"

  	
   

  	
  2-1/2"

  	
   

  	
  2-1/2"

  	
   

  
	
  Width

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Steel 

  	
   

  	
  Aluminum 

  	
   

  
	
  (in.)

  	
   

  	
  Steel Wheels

  	
   

  	
  Wheels

  	
   

  	
  Wheels

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  730

  	
   

  	
  1165

  	
   

  	
  475

  	
   

  	
  485

  	
   

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  705

  	
   

  	
  1145

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  	
  470

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  680

  	
   

  	
  1120

  	
   

  	
  440

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  
	
  One Wheel

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  



 


Axle Centers: 3 inches.


Wheels Per Foot: Other wheel
patterns than shown are available.





Standard Wheels per Foot


	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  3" c-c

  	
   

  	
  1-1/2" c-c

  	
   

  
	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  10 and 12

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  
	
  18"

  	
   

  	
  16 and 18

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  24"

  	
   

  	
  20 and 24

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  



 


Steel Beds: 12 gage, 2-1/2” deep, galvanized, bolted-in
crossmembers.





Aluminum Beds: 1/8" thick, 2-1/2" deep,
bolted-in crossmembers.


Wheels: Steel or aluminum, 1-15/16" diameter, 5/8"
wide face and 1/4" diameter axle. Greased steel bearings. Baffle cone
construction keeps grease in and dirt out.


Weights per Foot
(pounds)*


	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Widths (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  Frame-Wheels

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  
	
  Steel - Steel

  	
   

  	
  10.3

  	
   

  	
  11.9

  	
   

  	
  15.0

  	
   

  
	
  Alum - Steel

  	
   

  	
  8.3

  	
   

  	
  9.8

  	
   

  	
  12.7

  	
   

  
	
  Alum - Alum

  	
   

  	
  7.2

  	
   

  	
  8.2

  	
   

  	
  9.9

  	
   

  



 






*  Weights
include 3 lb/ft for supports.


Bed Lengths: 5' and 10'. Also available in 1'-12'
lengths in 3" increments.


Curve Degrees: 45 and 90.


Connectors: Straight section has hooks on one end and bar
at other end.






 67
 









Rev 2005-March-11


Curve Capacities: All curve capacities are equal to or in excess
of corresponding 10’ straight sections.


90 Degree Curve Weights
(pounds)**


	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Widths (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  Frame - Wheels

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  
	
  Steel - Aluminum
  (lb)

  	
   

  	
  104

  	
   

  	
  110

  	
   

  	
  121

  	
   

  
	
  Aluminum - Steel
  (lb)

  	
   

  	
  91

  	
   

  	
  97

  	
   

  	
  104

  	
   

  
	
  Aluminum - Aluminum (lb)

  	
   

  	
  84

  	
   

  	
  86

  	
   

  	
  93

  	
   

  



 






**  Weights
include 60 Ib/curve for supports.


Options


Wheels Low: With 4" deep steel frame.





Axle Centers: 1-1/2"


Wheels: Wheels with oiled or dry bearings. Nylon
wheels (capacity 6 lb), PVC coating, black or non-marking gray neoprene tires.
PVC coating and tires are used only on the outer third of curves and cannot be
used with 1-1/2" axle centers.


Connectors: Hooks and bars at both ends.





	
  Normal Width 

  (in)

  	
   

  	
  Radius Feet 

  (Nom.)

  	
   

  	
  Degree

  	
   

  	
  W (in.) Width

  	
   

  	
  A (in.) Outer 

  Radius

  	
   

  	
  B (in.) Inner

  Radius

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  45

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  37

  	
   

  	
  25,
  36-1/2, 48-1/2, 60-1/2

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  and

  	
   

  	
  11-15/16

  	
   

  	
  48-1/2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  17-15/16

  	
   

  	
  60-1/2

  	
   

  	
  30-1/2,
  42-1/2, 54-1/2

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  23-15/16

  	
   

  	
  72-1/2

  	
   

  	
  24-1/2, 36-1/2, 48-1/2

  	
   

  



 


Rev 2005-March-11



 68















Model 0200 Gravity Roller
Conveyor 1.9 Hex


·      Five Widths


·      Single/Double Lane Curves


·      45 and 90 Degree Curves


Gravity conveyor mechanizes an operation that
doesn’t justify powered equipment. Gravity conveyor quickly and effortlessly
moves thousands of items in almost any direction with minimal operating and
maintenance costs.


Bed: 10 gage, 3-1/2" deep, galvanized, welded
construction. 5' and 10' long. Other lengths available.


Curves: Single and double lane. Double lane is not
available in 12" and 18" widths. 45 and 90 degrees.








Straight and Curve
Dimensions


	
  A (Overall
  Width) (in.)

  	
   

  	
  C (in.)

  	
   

  	
  B(in.)

  
	
  12-1/4

  	
   

  	
  41

  	
   

  	
  47-1/8

  
	
  18-1/4

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  53-1/8

  
	
  24-1/4

  	
   

  	
  47

  	
   

  	
  59-1/8

  
	
  30-1/4

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  65-1/8

  
	
  36-1/4

  	
   

  	
  53

  	
   

  	
  71-1/8

  



 





10 Foot Bed Capacities
(pounds)


	
  Width (in.)

  	
   

  	
  Roller Centers

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3" c-c

  	
   

  	
  4" c-c

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  1260

  	
   

  	
  1280

  	
   

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  1225

  	
   

  	
  1250

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  1185

  	
   

  	
  1220

  	
   

  
	
  30

  	
   

  	
  1145

  	
   

  	
  1190

  	
   

  
	
  36

  	
   

  	
  1105

  	
   

  	
  1160

  	
   

  
	
  One Roller

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  250

  	
   

  



 


NOTE 5-foot sections are at least twice the
capacity amount of a 10-foot section (subject to the capacity of the rollers
supporting the load).


Rollers: 16-gage galvanized, 7/16” hex SR bearings, and
3” and 4” roller centers.


Curve Capacities: Equal to or in excess of 10’ straight
sections.


Weights per Foot (pounds)
with SR Bearings*


	
  Roller

  	
   

  	
  Widths (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  Centers

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18"

  	
   

  	
  24"

  	
   

  	
  30"

  	
   

  	
  36"

  	
   

  
	
  3" c-c

  	
   

  	
  15.6

  	
   

  	
  19.6

  	
   

  	
  23.9

  	
   

  	
  27.6

  	
   

  	
  31.7

  	
   

  
	
  4" c-c

  	
   

  	
  13.8

  	
   

  	
  16.9

  	
   

  	
  20.4

  	
   

  	
  23.3

  	
   

  	
  26.5

  	
   

  



 






* Weights include 3 lb/ft for supports.


Options: Rollers Low, 14 gage, and
2-1/4" centers.


Optional Widths: 42" through 54" in 6"
increments.


90 Degree Curve
Weights (pounds)**


	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18"

  	
   

  	
  24"

  	
   

  	
  30"

  	
   

  	
  36"

  	
   

  
	
  Weight

  	
   

  	
  140

  	
   

  	
  174

  	
   

  	
  205

  	
   

  	
  239

  	
   

  	
  269

  	
   

  



 






** Weights include 60 lb/curve
for supports.


Rev 2005-March-12



 69
 









Model 0405 Slider Bed Conveyor


·      Rugged


·      Versatile


·      Wide Range of Widths


·      E-Z Trac® Pulleys


Model 0405 Slider Bed conveyor is an
economical choice for widely varying load sizes and shapes. In addition to
mixed loads, slider beds can handle hard-to-convey products such as crates,
bags, bundles, rolls, and unpackaged goods.


Operation: Two-way, horizontal, incline, or decline. No
accumulation.


Capacity: 158 lb/ft
max. with 12-1/4" wide bed.


Speeds: 40-200 fpm fixed in 10-fpm increments.


Drives: 500 lb series drives (520 lb and 522 lb pull
center drives) with 8" diameter pulley on a 2-7/16" diameter shaft
with 1-3/16" diameter bearings and input (520) or 1-7/16" bearings
& 1-3/16" input (522). Chain final drive (520) or cog belt final drive
(522). 1050 lb pull center drive with 12" diameter pulley on 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-15/16" diameter bearings and input.


For each drive, pulley has molded-on, flat
lagging, and self-aligning bearings in which the shaft mounts.


Take-up in Drives: 4" diameter (6" for 1050) E-Z Trac
belt take-up pulley with lifetime grease packed, sealed ball bearings mounted
to a 1-7/16" diameter (1-15/16" for 1050) fixed shaft.





Take-up Pulley: Mounts on parallel take-up screws; adjusts
manually. Maximum belt take-up:


·      26"
with 520 lb (Center Drive)


·      16"
with 522 lb (Center Drive)


·      24-1/2"
with 1050 lb and 2050 lb Center and End Drive


Product Specifications


	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A

  	
   

  	
  B

  
	
  520 lb

  	
   

  	
  14"

  	
   

  	
  54"

  
	
  522 lb

  	
   

  	
  17"

  	
   

  	
  59"

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  27"

  	
   

  	
  65"

  



 






 70
 









Rev 2006 February-02


Belt: PVC-impregnated polyester carcass. With horizontal, both sides
low-friction surfaces. With incline/meter/brake, low-friction on bottom, rough
top. Belt width is 4" less than bed width of 30" through 54".


Bed: Painted, 12-gage steel, 5-1/4" deep box type, bolted-in
crossmembers.


Motor and Reducer: 1/3 through 7-1/2 hp, C-face. Brake
motor on incline/decline units.


Bed Lengths: 12'. Other lengths available.


End Pulley: 4" diameter with 1-7/16"
diameter fixed shaft or 6" diameter pulley with 1-15/16" diameter
fixed shaft. Has precision, grease-packed ball bearings mounted in machined
bores, spin formed into the ends
of the pulley shell.


Return Rollers: 1.9" diameter, 16 gage,
galvanized steel with 7/16" hex SR bearings.


Nose-over: Painted, 10 gage, one piece laser cut
side channels, 5-1/4" deep with 2-3/16" diameter, 12-gage carrier
rollers.


Power Feeder: Box type bed with 4" or 6"
diameter end pulleys. A 4" or 6" diameter main line end pulley drives
power feeder end pulley by chain and sprockets.


Product Specifications (Dimension A)





A


	
  Drive 

  Pulley 

  Dia

  	
   

  	
  Widths (Nominal)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18-24"

  	
   

  	
  30 "

  	
   

  	
  36 "

  	
   

  	
  42 "

  	
   

  	
  48-54 "

  	
   

  
	
  4"

  	
   

  	
  3'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  4'1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  5'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  6'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  9'1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  
	
  6"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  4'2"

  	
   

  	
  5'8"

  	
   

  	
  6'8"

  	
   

  	
  9'2"

  	
   

  	
  9'4-1/16"

  	
   

  



 


Accessories


Gravity Wheel Feeder


Slave Drive: Model 0996 curves and junctions.


Auxiliary Horizontal Take-up: 4” diameter pulleys provide 24” or 48”
of belt take-up.


Options


Speeds: Higher speeds available.


522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.


Beds: Galvanized roller slider has 1.9"
diameter rollers projecting 7/16" above the top surface of bed, with
roller centers varying from 14" to 30". Available with single or
double lanes. Wheel slider also available.


Conveyor and Drive Weights: Ask your Sales Engineer for weight
information.


End Pulley (underslung):


·      260
lb: 4" dia. drive pulley, 1-7/16" dia. shaft.


·      520
lb: 8" dia. drive pulley, 2-7/16" dia. shaft.


·      1050
lb: 12" dia. drive pulley, 1-15/16" dia. shaft.





Product Specifications


	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A (in.)

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  C(in.)

  	
   

  	
  D (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  260 lb

  	
   

  	
  7-1/16

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-3/4

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  
	
  520 lb

  	
   

  	
  15-1/2

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-7/8

  	
   

  	
  57

  	
   

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  48-1/2

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  25 

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  



 






*  2-1/2’ or 10’ Bed


Rev 2006 February-02



 71
 









Model 0410 Belt-on-Roller
Conveyor


·      Rugged


·      Versatile


·      Wide Range of Widths .


·      E-Z Trac® Pulleys


This belt-on-roller conveyor allows handling loose and irregular-shaped
products and relatively heavy loads over a long distance.


Operation: Two-way, horizontal, incline, or decline.
No accumulation.


Capacity: 141-lb/ft max. with 12-1/4" wide bed.


Speeds: 40-200 fpm fixed in 10-fpm increments.


Drives: 522 lb pull center drive with 8" diameter pulley on a 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-7/16" diameter bearings and 1-3/16" input for
cog belt final drive. 1050 lb pull center drive with 12" diameter pulley
on 2-7/16" diameter shaft with 1-15/16" diameter bearings and input.


Pulleys have molded-on, flat lagging, and self-aligning bearings in
which the shaft mounts.


Take-up in Drives: 4" diameter
(6" for 1050) E-Z Trac belt take-up pulley with lifetime grease packed,
sealed ball bearings mounted to a 1-7/16” diameter (1-15/16" for 1050)
fixed shaft.


Take-up pulley mounts on parallel take-up screws and adjusts manually
for maximum take-up of 16" (522 lb) or 24-1/2" (1050 lb).





Belt: PVC-impregnated polyester carcass. With horizontal, both sides
low-friction surfaces. With incline/meter/brake, low-friction on bottom, rough
top. Belt width is 4" less than bed width for 12" through 24"
and 6" less for 30" through 54".


Bed: Painted, 10-gage steel, 6-1/4" deep, 1-1/8" flanges,
bolted construction.


Bed Lengths: 12. Other lengths available.


Product Specifications


	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  
	
  522 lb

  	
   

  	
  17"

  	
   

  	
  59"

  	
   

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  27"

  	
   

  	
  65"

  	
   

  



 





Rev 2006 March-11



 72
 









Motor and Reducer: 1/3 through 10 hp, C-face, 1750 rpm.
Brake motor on incline/decline units.


End Pulley: 4” diameter with 1-7/16” diameter fixed shaft
or 6” diameter pulley with 1-15/16” diameter fixed shaft. Has precision,
grease-packed ball bearings mounted in ends of the pulley shell.


Rollers: 1.9” diameter, 16-gage, galvanized steel with
7/16” hex SR bearings. Captured rollers high.


Roller Centers: 4” or 8”.


Nose-over: Painted, 10-gage, one piece laser cut side
channels, 6-1/4” deep with 2-3/16” diameter, 12-gage carrier rollers.


Power Feeder: Box type bed with 4” or 6” diameter end
pulleys. A 4” or 6” diameter main line end pulley drives power feeder end
pulley by chain and sprockets.


Product Specifications
(Dimension A)





A


	
  Drive Pulley Dia

  	
   

  	
  Widths (Nominal)

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  12"

  	
   

  	
  18-24"

  	
   

  	
  30"

  	
   

  	
  36"

  	
   

  	
  42"

  	
   

  	
  48-54"

  	
   

  
	
  4"

  	
   

  	
  3'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  4'1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  5'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  6'7-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  9’1-1/8"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  
	
  6"

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  4'2"

  	
   

  	
  5'8"

  	
   

  	
  6’8"

  	
   

  	
  9'2"

  	
   

  	
  9'4-1/16"

  	
   

  



 


Accessories


Gravity Wheel Feeder


Slave Drive: Model 996 curves and junctions.


Auxiliary Horizontal Take-up: 4” diameter pulleys provide 24” or 48” of belt
take-up.


Options


Speeds: Other speeds available.


522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.


Rollers: 14-gage, high speed HQ bearings for extended
conveyor life with reduced noise, and captured rollers low.


End Pulley: With 4" of take-up (8" of
belt).


Widths: 12-1/4", 42-1/4", 48-1/4", and 54-1/4".


Conveyor and Drive Weights: Ask your Sales Engineer for weight
information.


End Pulley (underslung):


·      260
lb: 4" dia. drive pulley, 1-7/16" dia. shaft.


·      520
lb: 8" dia. drive pulley, 2-7/16" dia. shaft.


·      1050
lb: 12" dia. drive pulley, 1-15/16" dia. shaft.





	
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  A (in.)

  	
   

  	
  B

  	
   

  	
  C (in.)

  	
   

  	
  D (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  260 lb

  	
   

  	
  7-1/1

  	
  6

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-3/

  	
  4

  	
  44

  	
   

  
	
  520 lb

  	
   

  	
  15-1/

  	
  2

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  19-7/

  	
  8

  	
  57

  	
   

  
	
  1050 lb

  	
   

  	
  48-1/

  	
  2

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  



 






*         2-1/2’ or
10’ Bed



 73
 









Model 0460 Empty Carton Conveyor


·      Reliable


·      Economical


·      E-Z Trac® Pulleys


This empty carton conveyor handles empty scrap
cartons, packing and wrapping materials, etc.


Operation: Two-way, horizontal, incline or decline up to
20 degrees. No accumulation.


Capacity: 5 lb/ft.


Speeds: 40-90 fpm fixed in 10-fpm increments.


Drives: 522 lb pull center drive with 8" diameter pulley on a 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-7/16" bearings and 1-3/16" input for cog belt
final drive. 1050 lb pull center drive with 12" diameter pulley on 2-7/16"
diameter shaft with 1-15/16" diameter bearings and input.


End Pulley: 4” diameter on 1-7/16” diameter
shaft, with or less shroud with precision bearings.


Motor and Reducer: 1/2 through 2 hp, C-face.





E (max. in.) Motor Length Less Brake


	
  Reducer

  	
   

  	
  Incline 0°-14°

  	
   

  	
  Incline 15°-25°

  	
   

  
	
  175

  	
   

  	
  8-5/8

  	
   

  	
  11-13/16

  	
   

  
	
  200

  	
   

  	
  7-5/8

  	
   

  	
  10-5/16

  	
   

  
	
  262

  	
   

  	
  12-1/2

  	
   

  	
  15-5/16

  	
   

  
	
  350

  	
   

  	
  13-5/8

  	
   

  	
  16-5/8

  	
   

  



 





Bottom Dust Covers: 18 gage galvanized steel with stiffeners and 1/4”
gap between covers:


Roller with Standard Dust Covers
(with side guards shown)





Roller with Full Dust Covers
(side guards not shown)






 74
 









Bed: 36" and 48" wide, galvanized,
14-gage steel, 3-1/2"-deep box type, with structural angle stiffeners.


Belt: PVC-impregnated polyester carcass with
horizontal, low-friction surfaces on both sides. With incline, low-friction
bottom, rough top. Belt width is 6” less than bed width.


Bed Length: 10'. Other lengths are available.


Return Rollers: 1.9" diameter, 16-gage, galvanized steel
with 7/16" hex SR bearings.


Side Guards: 6" high, 14 gage, and galvanized steel.


Conveyor Weights  (pounds)


	
  Bed Width

  	
   

  	
  24”

  	
   

  	
  36”

  	
   

  	
  48”

  	
   

  
	
  Per Foot*

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  27

  	
   

  
	
  Drive*

  	
   

  	
  346

  	
   

  	
  402

  	
   

  	
  460

  	
   

  



 






*Includes 3 lb/ft for supports.


Options


522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.


Beds and Dust Covers: 4-1/8" deep 24" wide bed and full
dust covers.


Double Snubber: 5-20 degree incline or decline.


Frame: 12-gage galvanized steel. 4" diameter
pulleys, 2-3/16" 12-gage snubber rollers and 18" high side guards.





Nose-over: 5-20 degree incline. 3/16" painted side
plates, 2-3/16" snubber rollers, and 18" high, 14-gage side guards.


Side Guards: 18" high, 14-gage.


Rev 2005-March-11



 75
 









Model 0977 Flat Belt Turn


·      Maintains Product Orientation


·      Assures Positive Spacing


·      High Speed


·      Low Noise


Flat belt turns are used in conveyor systems
where product spacing and orientation must be maintained. The curved belt
surface also allows odd-shaped and fragile products to be conveyed around
bends. The Flat Belt Turn is suitable for high speed, low noise applications
(up to 500 fpm with less than 75 dBA noise levels).


Degrees: 30, 45, 60, 90, 180.





Belt: PVC 100 with smooth top and friction back.
Laced belt is standard; endless is optional. Special belts also available.


Bed: Steel bolted and welded frame with steel
shrouding. 10 gage inside channel track; 5/16” steel outside track and aluminum
brackets.


End Pulleys: Cast aluminum tapered pulleys, precision
machined. Drive pulley is lagged with friction material.


Guard Rails: 12 gage painted steel, 6”, 12”, or 18” high as
required. Flange guard rail and channel guard rail available upon request.





Operation: One-way, horizontal.


Capacity: (Maximum live loads for 90 degree turns).


·      Series
B: 200 lb live load.


·      Series
C: 280 lb live load.


·      Series
D: 360 lb live load.


Speeds: Up to 550 fpm at centerline of belt, fixed,
depending on model and degrees.


Drive: Base-mounted 3/4-5 hp gearmotor located at
discharge end, preferably on outside of curve. Timing belt connection between
gearmotor and drive pulley.


NOTE   Shaft mounted drives are available.





Rev 2005-March-14



 76
 









Replaceable Components: The motor and gearbox are made by Eurodrive,
the bearings are made by Dodge, the drive belt and sprockets are made by Dodge
(or an equivalent) and the belting is Georgia Duck (or an equivalent). The drive
pulleys, end pulleys, take-up components, and return rollers are all custom and
will be stocked in reasonable quantities.





	
  Model No.*

  Radius at Outside of

  Belt (in.) / Exposed 

  Belt (in.)

  	
   

  	
  Degrees

  Available

  	
   

  	
  A (in.)

  Inside

  Radius

  	
   

  	
  B (in.)

  Exposed

  Belt Width

  	
   

  	
  C (in.)

  Radius at

  Centerline

  	
   

  	
  D (in.)

  Pulley

  Centerline

  Diameter

  	
   

  	
  E (in.)

  Radius at

  Outside of

  Belt

  	
   

  	
  F (in.)

  Radius Outside

  of Frame (Nom)

  	
   

  	
  G (in.)

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 22

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  4.79

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  25-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 24

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  47

  	
   

  	
  4.69

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  27-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 26

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  4.59

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  29-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 28

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  45

  	
   

  	
  4.49

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  31-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 30

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  4.39

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  33-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 32

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  43

  	
   

  	
  4.29

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  35-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 34

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  4.19

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  37-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  B 59 36

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  41

  	
   

  	
  4.09

  	
   

  	
  59

  	
   

  	
  63-13/16

  	
   

  	
  39-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 24

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  62

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  75

  	
   

  	
  5.18

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  27-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 26

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  74

  	
   

  	
  5.11

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  29-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 28

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  58

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  73

  	
   

  	
  5.04

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  31-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 30

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  56

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  72

  	
   

  	
  4.97

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  33-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 32

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  54

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  71

  	
   

  	
  4.90

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  35-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 34

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  52

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  70

  	
   

  	
  4.83

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  37-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 36

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  	
  4.76

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  39-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 38

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  	
  68

  	
   

  	
  4.69

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  41-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 40

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  67

  	
   

  	
  4.63

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  43-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 42

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  66

  	
   

  	
  4.56

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  45-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 44

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  65

  	
   

  	
  4.49

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  47-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 46

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  64

  	
   

  	
  4.42

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  49-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  C 87 48

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  63

  	
   

  	
  4.35

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
  91-13/16

  	
   

  	
  51-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 24

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  103

  	
   

  	
  5.44

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  27-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 26

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  88

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  102

  	
   

  	
  5.38

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  29-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 28

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  86

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  101

  	
   

  	
  5.33

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  31-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 30

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  84

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  5.28

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  33-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 32

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  82

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  99

  	
   

  	
  5.22

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  35-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 34

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  98

  	
   

  	
  5.17

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  37-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 36

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  78

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  	
  97

  	
   

  	
  5.12

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  39-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 38

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  76

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  	
  96

  	
   

  	
  5.07

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  41-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 40

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  74

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  95

  	
   

  	
  5.01

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  43-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 42

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  72

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  	
  94

  	
   

  	
  4.96

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  45-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 44

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  70

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  	
  93

  	
   

  	
  4.91

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  47-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 46

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  68

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  	
  92

  	
   

  	
  4.86

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  49-7/8

  	
   

  
	
  D 115 48

  	
   

  	
  30,45,60,90,180

  	
   

  	
  66

  	
   

  	
  48

  	
   

  	
  91

  	
   

  	
  4.80

  	
   

  	
  115

  	
   

  	
  119-13/16

  	
   

  	
  51-7/8

  	
   

  



 






*         For
complete model numbers, add “977” to the beginning of this number, and add the
appropriate degree (30, 45, 60, 90, or 180) to the end.


Rev 2005-March-14



 77
 









Model 1102 Live Roller Conveyor


·      Adjustable Belt Pressure


·      Pop-Out Rollers


·      E-Z Trac Pulleys


This transportation conveyor can be used for low-pressure accumulation
when zero line pressure is not required. Carrier rollers activated from below
by a drive belt provide a
smooth, low friction-conveying surface. Individually adjustable pressure
rollers enable varying drive pressure.


Operation: Two-way with center drive. Horizontal;
inclines/declines up to 5 degrees.


Rollers: 1.9” diameter, 16-gage, galvanized steel with 7/16” hex HQ
bearings. Pop-out rollers high.


Roller Centers: 3” carrier and 6” pressure centers.





Capacity: 135 lb/ft.


Speeds: 40-200 fpm in 10-fpm increments.


Motor and Reducer: 1/2-5 hp, C-face motor.


Belt: 8” wide, PVC-impregnated polyester carcass
with smooth top and bottom.





Drive: 522 lb pull center drive with 8” diameter
pulley, with lagging, on a 2-7/16” diameter shaft, with 1-7/16” self-aligning
pillow block bearings and 1-3/16” input for cog belt final drive. Take-up
pulley 4” diameter on 1-7/16” diameter fixed shaft for 16” of belt take-up.


Bed Lengths: 12’ long. Other lengths available.


End Pulley: 4” diameter pulley on 1-7/16” diameter shaft.


Bed: 10-gage, 6-1/4” deep, painted, bolted.


Auxiliary Horizontal Take-Up: Four-inch diameter pulleys provide 24” or 48”
of belt take-up.


Options


522 lb Center Drive: With chain final drive.


Rollers: 16-gage, SR bearings, and pop-out and captured
rollers low.


Roller Centers: 3”-9”, 3”-12”, 4”-8”,
4”-12”.


Widths: 12-1/4”, 42-1/4”, 48-1/4”, and 54-1/4”.


Accessories


End Drive: 520 lb
pull with 8” diameter pulley on 2-7/16” diameter shaft. 34” of belt
take-up.


Slave Drive: Model 996 curves and junctions.


Case Stop: Air, foot, hand or motor operated.





Rev 2005-April-29


 



 78















^+


Model 2310 Single Line Dual Servo Induction


·          Four Variable Speed Belts Per Line


·          Dual Servo Control


The Single Line Induct (SLI) allows low speed, economical conveyor to
feed a high-speed sorter with the required spacing. The dual servo SLI operates
with the RS200 PLUS sorter.


The packages enter the induction belt section. Each dual belt section
has variable speed belts mechanically coupled to maintain a constant speed
ratio between belts. This induct unit is designed for 20 lb/ft live load.


Drives: One AC Servomotor per pair controlled by a
Dual Servo Controller.


Package Stability: Must tolerate .4g acceleration.


Control: PLC.





Quantity Variable Speed
Belts: Four (belts 1,
2, 3 and 4) per induct line.


Maximum Sorter Speed: 540 fpm.


Rate: 134 cpm at average 24” long product.


Width: A 36” maximum carton width.


Lengths: 28’ total for complete induct assembly.


Safety Pull Cord: Provided along entire length of the induction
conveyor for emergency shutdown.





Rev 2005-March-16



 79
 









Model 2421 RS200 Magnetic High Rate Sorter


·          200 Plus Cartons Per Minute


·          Interleaving Aluminum Slats


·          Durable Divert Shoe


·          Quieter Diverts


·          Reliable, Quiet Divert Switch Module Designed for
Minimum Maintenance and Long Life


The RS200E PLUSTM sorter/conveyor provides
reliable tracking and sorting of product regardless of carton size and shape.
At divert points, an electromagnetic divert switch automatically activates, and
a group of divert shoes slide across the conveyor flights, pushing the
appropriate carton onto an outbound conveyor.


Package Weight: 100 lb maximum (50 lb. per ft.), 2 lb minimum.
Applications up to 150 lb. are possible in certain applications.


Maximum Sorter Length: 650’ for single units. Multiple units may be
installed end-to-end.


Standard Drives: C-face mounted 7-1/2 to 25 hp, 3-phase motor
with parallel gear reducer, and cog belt drive.





Maximum Rate: Capable of sorting more than 200 cartons per
minute (average length 16”).





Rev 2005-March-22



 80
 









Divert Switch: An electrically operated magnetic divert switch diverts shoes at each
divert point. This divert switch uses an electromagnet to re-direct shoes to
divert product when turned on by the magnetic divert switch (MDS) controller.
The magnetic divert switch is easily removed through the side frame for
inspection without disassembly of the sorter slats.





Standard Package Heights: 1” to 30” for photoeye read.


Standard Sorter Widths: Slat surface widths from 46-9/16” to 59-9/16”.


Speed: 275-fpm minimum speed. 540-fpm maximum speed
for 20o sorter and 340-fpm maximum for 30o sorter. Speed control set for
maintenance, jog and normal modes.


Divert Shoes: Attached to the slats and free to slide along
the length of the slats. When shoes pass through a divert switch, they can be
re-directed to slide across the slats to divert a carton. While diverting, the
shoes are magnetically guided through each divert switch by rolling on a
precision ball bearing, to reduce noise. On two-way diverts, a guide vane is
located under the ball bearing to steer the shoe through the crossover point.
Divert shoes can sort to the right, left or both sides of the conveyor at
either a 20o or 30o angle.


Carrying Surface: Flat, anodized aluminum interleaving slats
make up the conveying surface of the sorter. Two strands of ASA RC-100 roller
chain drive the slats. A slat isolation insert connects the roller chain to the
slats to reduce noise. The roller chain is carried on polyurethane wheels with
shielded precision bearings.


Controls: Emergency stop pull cord, full-length jam
photo eye. Microprocessor control provides lost shoe detection, slack chain
detection, and missing pin detection. The MDS controller provides visible LED
fault detection, and line fault output is available.


Charge Bed: Supports the tail shaft and chain sprocket.
Charge bed includes a transition belt, which transfers cartons onto the sorter
from the conveyor feeding it.


Intermediate Bed: Provides transition between other types of
beds. 3/16” formed side channels. Bolted, formed channel cross members.


Divert Beds: One or two-way divert beds which include
magnetic divert switch/switches with controls mounted near each switch.
Controls equipped with quick disconnect fittings. Bed frames the same as
intermediate beds. Magnetic divert curves at the end of the divert angles for
noise reduction.


Catenary Bed: Includes a one-way or two-way divert and lost
shoe sweep angle assembly. A catenary take-up is located in the bottom of the
bed to compensate for any slack that may develop in the slat chains.


Discharge Bed: Supports the head shaft and sorter drive.
Discharge bed includes a transition belt, which transfers cartons from the
sorter to next downstream conveyor.


Options


·          Divert
left, right or two-way.


·          Low
Support Assemblies.


·          Oil
Pans.


·          Sound
Dampening Panels.



 81
 









6.4        Mechanical Specifications


1.        The conveyor
equipment to be provided is designed to operate in one (1) direction only
unless specified otherwise.


2.        All conveyor
widths indicated on the Mechanical Equipment list in this Proposal are nominal
widths from outside to outside of conveyor beds.


3.        Snubber
Rollers are equipped with safety guarding unless guarded by location.


4.        Protective
guarding will be provided on Belt return rollers for slider bed,
belt-on-roller, and belt driven live roller conveyors (belt widths greater than
4”) between the elevations of 2 feet - 6 inches and 8 feet - 0 inches above the
floor and/or other Personnel walking surfaces as determined by Dematic
Application Engineering.


5.        Auxiliary
take-ups or belt take out sections will be provided on all belt units that Dematic
Engineering determines as necessary.


6.        Drip pans
will be provided under all motors furnished with gear reducers.


7.        The system
is intended to operate at ambient temperatures of 35 degrees Fahrenheit, to 104
degrees Fahrenheit, 5 percent to 90 percent relative humidity (non-condensing).


8.        Manual
assistance may be required to initiate and/or maintain the flow of product on
gravity conveyor(s). It is understood that due to the inherent characteristics
of gravity conveyor, free flow of product may not occur at all times.


9.        The
provision for header steel and related material or hardware necessary to
ceiling hang the conveyors is included in this Proposal.


10.      Dematic will
supply point loads for ceiling hangers, but it remains The Children’s Place’s
responsibility to validate the structural integrity of the structure that the
ceiling hangers suspend from.


11.      Sound Levels


In most cases, costs are prohibitive when
trying to engineer and guarantee noise levels of conveyor systems. Anticipated
noise levels can be projected by area, and general noise control practices
applied. Once installation is completed, specific things can be done (at an
additional cost to The Children’s Place) to reduce the noise of any specific
area. This is the most cost effective method of noise control.


Dematic warrants compliance of the proposed
conveyor system with the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and
Health Act governing acoustical noise levels within the industrial environment
which is in effect at the time of this Proposal.


Dematic does not accept responsibility for
compliance of the overall sound pressure levels of the total installation when
Dematic equipment is combined with other equipment not supplied or specified by
Dematic; nor



 82
 









does Dematic assume responsibility for noise level added to the
equipment noise level by the product being conveyed unless specifically agreed
to as a result of a thorough analysis and test of the specific products to be
conveyed.


12.       Paint


a.         The
majority of this system is comprised mainly of anodized aluminum frames and
components, complimented with plastic guarding covers. Conveyor equipment that
is to be painted will use powder coating techniques.


b.        Powder
Coating


With this system,
electrically-charged powder is applied to grounded parts. This results in a
uniform, resilient finish that resists wear, corrosion, impact, and chemicals.
It is a completely dry process, free of runs, drips and sags.


·          Gloss:
Standard is 65, ±°, or as required


·          Hardness:
Pencil 2H minimum


·          Salt
Spray: 96 hours at 100 RH


·          Film
Thickness: 1.8 to 2.2 Mils


·          Metal
Preparation: Iron phosphate coating (5 Stage washer)


·          Powder
Coating Description: Epoxy polyester hybrid


·          Color:  Light grey RAL 7035


13.       Dematic has
included the air compressor and air distribution system in this Proposal.


14.       Internal air
piping of specially fabricated, air operated devices will be terminated at a
solenoid valve or filter/regulator unit. All internal air piping will
incorporate either barbed or compression type fittings and flexible rubber hose
or plastic tubing.



 83
 









 


7         Controls Equipment Details


The equipment will perform as described when properly
managed, operated, and maintained. Please refer to the Dematic drawings
referenced on the Title Page of this Proposal while reviewing the rate and
equipment listings.


The Control Modules are standard modules and are the same for
each conveyor section. All of the control modules are designed to fit into the
aluminum side channel. These control modules are electrically activated.


The C-L100 controls software exists in a PROFInet CbA (Component
Based Automation) environment and is implemented in conjunction with the C-L100
mechanical and electrical design to ensure a complete mechatronics approach to
the product line.


7.1      C-L100 Integrated Conveying
Solution


The Dematic C-L100 is a fully
integrated automated conveying system. The software, controls, and mechanical
devices are integrated into one conveying solution.


This integrated conveying
solution offers faster installation, simplified re­configuration, and control logic modification.


Common standardized controls
parts allow for simplified maintenance resulting in easier part replacement and less conveyor downtime.


The Dematic C-L100 conveyor system provides Customers with a fully
integrated conveying solution which allows for simplified installation,
configuration, and repair.


7.1.1   Dematic C-L100 Product
Transportation


7.1.1.1   Product Transportation


Transportation conveyors move
cartons, totes, packages or other items from one location to another. The
product moves continuously, without stopping and product spacing is maintained.


7.1.1.2   Product Accumulation


·         Zero Pressure
Accumulation Conveyors are conveyors which allow the product (i.e. -cartons,
totes, packages or other items) to queue without



 84
 









 


applying pressure to the preceding product. If the
downstream zone is not full, the product will travel continuously. If the
downstream zone is full, the product will stop in the upstream zone.


7.1.2   Controls Architecture


Dematic’s C-L100 controls
architecture utilizes a Distributed I/O (DIO) approach.


The conventional controls
architecture incorporates devices such as motors, photoeyes, emergency stop switches, etc., which are connected to
the control system by way of discrete wiring to control panels located in the
general area of the conveyor equipment. One or more of the panels will contain
a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) which controls the system. In most cases,
the control panels are custom designed for individual systems.


The DIO approach uses the latest industrial networks to distribute
the I/O closer to the control devices and the control devices closer to the
equipment. The standard control networks are Ethernet and Profibus.


With DIO, the I/O blocks are
located near the control devices. This design reduces the hardware and labor cost of field wiring the devices. The devices
are connected to the DIO blocks by way of multi-conductor cables with quick
disconnect plugs.


Motorized Rollers are
controlled using Brushless Motor Controllers (BMCs) which are located near the
motorized rollers, rather than in the control panel. The BMCs are connected to
the I/O network by way of multi-conductor cables with quick disconnect plugs.
Power is distributed to the starters by way of a power bus feed from a Power
Distribution Panel (PDP).


The PDP panels take the place
of conventional control panels. PDPs are predesigned and can be stocked or built without additional engineering
design time. PDPs contain a PLC, power distribution equipment, emergency stop
relays, power supplies and other associated controls devices to control an area
of the conveying system.


The PDP panels are connected
to PBC by way of the Ethernet network, and can be connected to each other by way of Ethernet.


The Dematic DIO architecture
is highly modular and configurable, using standard panel designs.



 85
 









 


7.2      Control Devices


The Control Modules are standard modules and
are the same for each conveyor section. All of the control modules are designed
to fit into the aluminum
side channel eliminating the need
for large custom built control cabinets.


The Dematic C-L100 product line utilizes a
distributed controls architecture within the mechatronic design approach. The distributed controls
architecture consists of the following devices:


7.2.1   Open Network Cable


The Open Network Cable (LCON) is a PROFIbus network cable that
serves two purposes, Communications and Electrical power distribution.


7.2.1.1 Communications


The LCON is a two wire communication network
between the various electronic modules mounted in the side channel of the conveyor. Each
module on the LCON has a Profibus address allowing for communication with other
modules on the LCON. A third wire has been added to the two wire communication
network to allow for auto addressing of the control modules.


7.2.1.2 Electrical Power


In addition to the wires used for
communication there are three wires used to supply both 24 volt DC and 48 volt DC electrical power. 48 volt DC
is used to power and control the powered rollers. The 24 volt DC powers the
electronics inside the control modules.


7.2.2   Load Power Supply


The Load Power Supply (LPS) is connected to the AC wiring harness
and supplies 48 VDC power by way of the Open Network Cable (LCON) to the
powered rollers.


The LPS is mounted under the conveyor inline
with one of the cross members. The LPS is supplied 480 volt AC electrical power
from an external Power Distribution Panel (PDP). The LPS rectifies the 480 volt AC into 48 volt DC power and
supplies this 48 volt DC power to the Brushless Motor Controller through a
cable with two D shell connectors on its end. The D shell connectors help
ensure that the mating PBC and BMC are properly connected.



 86
 









Figure 3            Load Power Supply (LPS)





7.2.3   Electronic Power Supply


The Electronic Power Supply (EPS) is an
electrically isolated power supply connected to the AC wiring harness. The EPS
is supplied with 230 VAC and provides 24 VDC power by way of the LCON to the
other control components of the C-L100 system.


Figure 4            Electronic  Power Supply (EPS)





7.2.4   Programmable Bed Controller


The Programmable Bed Controller (PBC)
communicates with the high level devices like the Host Controller and other
PBCs by way of Ethernet/PROFInet and the lower control modules by way of the
LCON.


Communication between Programmable Bed
Controllers is by way of an Industrial Ethernet (PROFInet). PROFInet also
allows communications with other systems like scanners, scales, and other field
devices.


Figure 5            Programmable Bed Controller (PBC)






 87
 









7.2.5    Brushless Motor Controller


The Brushless Motor Controller (BMC) operates the 50mm Powered Rollers
and provides digital Inputs and Outputs (I/Os) to connect photoeyes, brake
rollers, and external equipment to the C-L100 system.


The BMC controls the speed of the powered
rollers and also monitors the motor speed, motor current, and motor voltage
through Hall Effect Sensors mounted in the motor. This facilitates quick
troubleshooting of problematic motors.


Figure 6            Brushless Motor Controller (BMC)





7.2.6   Conveyor Field Switch


The Conveyor Field Switch (CFS) makes it
possible to implement additional network subsets and to connect peripheral
devices to the system such as scanners, scales, and display marquees.


Figure 7            Conveyor Field Switch (CFS)





7.2.7   Photoeyes and Reflectors


Photoeyes are modular and are integrated
within the guide channel. The photoeyes are placed in the guide channel along
the top of the conveyor sides. Multiple eyes can be placed in multiple conveyor
sections or at the corners of Right Angle Transfers.


Polarized retro-reflective photoeyes and
reflectors are available as options.



 88
 









Figure 8            Photoeyes
and Reflectors





7.2.8   50mm Powered Roller


The 50mm powered roller incorporates a
brushless permanent magnet DC motor located inside various roller shells. The
shell types used are based on the application. The DC motor allows the speed of
the motor to be adjusted to achieve the most effective use of the C-L100
conveyor.


The 50mm powered roller is used to drive all
of the conveyor sections with the exception of the Belt on Slider and Belt on
Roller Conveyors.


An internal Hall Effect Sensor allows
monitoring of the motor voltage, motor current, and motor speed for motor
diagnostics.


Figure 9            50mm Powered Roller






 89
 









Figure 10          Control Devices Overview






 90
 









The following Figure illustrates the location of these control
components.


Figure 11          Side Channel Control Device Locations





7.2.9   Power Distribution Panel


Figure 12          Power Distribution Panel (PDP)





The Power Distribution Panel (PDP) is used to power the C-L100 product
line and provides six power branches consisting of high voltage (400-480 VAC,
20 amp) E-stop interrupted power, earth/ground, and low voltage (230 VAC, 3
phase, 5 amp) non-interrupted power intended to provide power to devices such
as the EPS that need to maintain power though an E-stop event. The PDP uses
hardwiring for all E-stop devices and all PDP interlocking.


The power branch cables are connected at the PDP and then routed to
junction boxes located on the conveyor. The power branch is hard wired to the
bus located inside the junction box. The junction box is then connected to the
AC wiring harness located on the conveyor.



 91
 









There are two E-stop zones (each zone capable of interlocking with up
to three other zones) built into the PDP. Power Branches 1, 2, and 3 are controlled
by zone 1 E-stops. Power branches 4, 5, and 6 are controlled by zone 2 E-stops.
The PDP:


·          Provides all electrical
power to the C-L100.


·          Provides power for both
the 24 volt control modules and the 48 volt Powered Rollers.


·          Has two E-stop zones. Each
zone is capable of interlocking with up to three other zones.


·          Has six 20 amp Power
Buses, six 3 amp control busses and uses hardwiring for all E-stop devices and
all PDP interlocking.


·          Houses the power and
E-stop capabilities. The AC and E-stop wiring harnesses distribute AC power and
E-stop functionality throughout the conveyor system.


·          Manages the control
signals to components which implement the run-time operation including, but not
limited to, Starting, Stopping, and E-stop status.


·          Primary functions are
the enabling of system control and E-stops within an area of a C-L100 system.
The C-L100 uses a distributed controls architecture where control logic is
located at the unit. When units are placed together, the units form function
groups, and function groups need to be coordinated. Some of the main effects
that need to be coordinated are System Enabling and E-stop.


7.2.10 Right Angle Transfer Interface Adapter


The Right Angle Transfer Interface Adapter (RIA) provides an interface
between the LCON, BMC, and the servo drive used to operate the RT lift
mechanism. Digital inputs and outputs from the BMC are optically isolated
before being sent to the servo drive.


Figure 13          Right Angle Transfer Interface Adapter (RIA)





 



 92















7.2.11     T-Outfeeder


The T-Outfeeder (TOF) supplies “outgoing” 24 VDC and
48 VDC as well as Profibus communication to external devices that are to be
connected to the C-L 100 system. DC Outputs are filtered, and the Profibus is
electrically isolated to prevent interference on the LCON network.


Figure 14  T-Outfeeder (TOF)





7.3          E-stops
and Interlocking


The PDP has two E-stop zones. Each zone can be
operated independently or both may be interlocked together. All E-stop devices
are connected in series for each zone (typically hardwired E-stop devices).
Detection by the overall system of individual E-stop actuations is not done by
the PDP, but must be done by localized I/O near the device. Any PDP may be
interlocked with other PDPs by hardwired connections. Limitations of the
interlocking include the following:


·                             One
zone of a PD maybe in interlocked with the other zone of the same PDP.


·                             One
zone of a PDP may be interlocked with up to three other zones of other PDPs.


·                             “Cascading”
E-stops are NOT allowed; each interlock action stands alone.


E-stops are hardwired into the PDP and will interrupt
electrical power at the Power Bus eliminating all electrical power to the Load
Power Supply and the Powered Rollers.


An E-stop does not drop the 24 volt power from the
three Control Buses. Keeping power to the Electronic Power Supplies and the
other control modules enables the user to keep track of the packages, jams, and
other control functions during an E-stop.



 93
 









7.4          Control
Cabinets


The conveyor control system’s architecture is “Local
Area Controlled”. This is best described as a localized area having its own
control cabinet. Each area cabinet being able to communicates with other areas
by way of an Ethernet interface.


These cabinets contain all of the required motor
controls and PLC equipment necessary to operate the conveyor system, and will
operate from a supply of 480 Volts, 60 Hertz, 3-Phase power, with a voltage
variation not exceeding +/- 5 percent of nominal.


All control cabinets are NEMA 12 enclosures and carry
a certified UL approval.


A typical control cabinet would contain the following
hardware:


·                             Cabinet
disconnect switches


·                             Fusing
/ Motor protection


·                             Motor
controls such as starters, timers and control relays


·                             PLC,
Rack, I/O and specialized modules


·                             Pushbuttons


·                             Pilot
lights


·                             Terminals,
wire ways and other miscellaneous items


All of the area’s motors, sensing devices, E-stop
devices, scanners and operator interfaces will be wired back to the local
control cabinets.


7.5      Standard Controls Hardware


The control system will use standard electrical
hardware components. The following is a brief listing of the electrical
hardware and manufacturers typically used on a project of this type. Exact
components may vary from this typical listing.


	
  Controls Component

  	
   

  	
  Manufacturer

  
	
  Control Cabinets

  	
   

  	
  Hoffman

  
	
  Transformers

  	
   

  	
  Acme

  
	
  Programmable
  Controllers

  	
   

  	
  Allen-Bradley

  
	
  Brushless Motor
  Controllers (BMCs)

  	
   

  	
  Siemens

  
	
  Control Relays

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  Pushbuttons,
  Pilot lights, etc

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  Limit switches

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  



 



 94
 









 


	
  Controls Component

  	
   

  	
  Manufacturer

  
	
  Photoeyes

  	
   

  	
  Sick

  
	
  Horns

  	
   

  	
  Federal

  
	
  Beacons

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  Panel Disconnect
  Switch

  	
   

  	
  Square D

  
	
  E-Stop Switches

  	
   

  	
  Dematic

  



 


7.5.1       Programmable
Bed Controller Features


The system will utilize Windows-based programming
software and documentation. The device layout drawings and I/O block schematic
drawings will be developed on AutoCAD. The PLC programming software packages
will be loaded onto the appropriate PLC programming terminal. The programming
terminal will include a PC capable of properly loading and running the PLC
programming software packages.


The system will be controlled by a Programmable Bed
Controller (PBC). These PBCs will control all of the motor control equipment,
sensors, and Operator interface equipment. The system being proposed will
utilize Dematic’s System Manager product for diagnostic notification.


Any error or operational conditions that need to be
indicated to the Operator will be detected by the PLC system and then shown on
the System Manager. The System Manager will monitor the status of the PLCs and
report their conditions on the monitors.


7.5.2       Safety
Devices


E-stop pushbuttons and pull cord switches will be
located throughout the system to assist in providing a safe operating environment.
Each PDP and some Operator interface stations will contain an E-stop device.
All of these devices will be wired back to their respective PDPs and, by way of
hardwired means, will shut off the appropriate areas of control. All E-stop
pushbuttons will be of the maintained contact type. This will require the
E-stop to be re-set and the system to be restarted prior to any motor control
being initiated.


7.6          GSMi Visualization


The web-based GSMi
Visualization System provides a centralized organizational point for monitoring
a facility’s automated material handling system.


The GSMi
Visualization System uses ICONICSTM software to provide a real-time graphical
display of the material handling system and status. When problems occur, system
alarms generate visual signals. Alarm logs and various diagnostic displays
allow further investigation into the cause of a problem.



 95
 









The GSMi
receives data from the material handling system and continually displays the
data at a computer workstation. GSMi allows for
the convenient monitoring of faults and alarms, to retrieve past alarm
statistics, or to create and print reports. The GSMi
is limited only by the configuration of the controls system and the hardware
used within it.


7.6.1       System
Overview


The GSMi
Visualization System interfaces with the Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC)
and the RapidSort Controller (RSC), which control the conveyor hardware. The
principle function of GSMi is to
monitor and display the state of the material handling system operation.


The GSMi
data is accessible from any PC connected to the Distribution Center network by
way of Microsoft Internet Explorer. No special equipment is needed to connect
to the GSMi site and receive
system information.



 96
 









7.6.2       Home
Page


After addressing the site in Internet Explorer, the
GSMi home page appears. Shown
below is a typical home page. This page has links to all the other pages.


Figure 15   Typical Home Page






 97
 









7.6.3       Graphical
System Layout


Shown below is a typical Graphical System Layout page.
There are three primary areas: menu bar, system view, and active alarm view.
This animated display, along with the keyboard and mouse, provides the primary
operator interface to GSMi.


Figure 16   Graphical System Layout Screen






 98















7.6.3.1    System View Features


The System View occupies the largest area of the GSMi display screen. At startup, the System
View defaults to show the entire material handling system. All conveyors and
devices on all levels within the facility are shown simultaneously to provide a
single view depicting the entire system status at a glance.


The operational status of conveyors and devices is
depicted using color indicators. System fault and event symbols appear within
this window, in a position corresponding to the actual event location in the
facility.


Navigating this composite image to obtain more
detailed information or enlarged views is easily accomplished using mouse or
keyboard commands. The following sections give more detail on the components of
the graphical system layout.


7.6.3.1.1  Menu Bar


The Menu Bar lists all menu commands and any options
selected for each site. This section describes each of the commands available
from the Menu Bar.


Figure
17 Menu Bar





7.6.3.1.2  Zoom Commands


The Zoom commands are used to zoom to a specific area
of the system. This will be specific to each project and customer.


Figure 18 Zoom Shortcut Menu






 99
 









7.6.3.1.3  Help


The Help command takes you to an online copy of this
manual.


7.6.3.1.4  Toolbar
Buttons


The Toolbar buttons are used for navigation within the
GSMi system.


·              Box Zoom: This button will zoom to a box. By
holding the left mouse button and dragging, you can zoom into a specific area.


·              Overview
Zoom: This button will zoom out to show the entire system.


7.6.3.1.5  Elevation
Bar


The Elevation bar is used as a filter to show only
desired conveyors at a specified elevation. “Stacked” equipment may be viewed
by limiting the conveyor elevations that will be displayed. The lower elevation
value is set by the green slider and the upper elevation limit is set by the
red slider. The “All” button resets the upper and lower limits.





7.6.3.2    Keyboard Commands


System View navigation may also be accomplished using
keyboard and mouse commands.




	
  

  	
  To Pan around the layout: Hold the Alt key and Click
  and Drag using the Left Mouse button.

  
	
  

  	
  To Zoom: Hold the Alt key and spin the Mouse Wheel.

  






 



 100
 









7.6.4       Conveyor Colors


Each conveyor section has a single color that
indicates its operational state. If more than one state is true at any moment,
the software displays the higher priority color as defined in GSMi. Note that some states are specific to particular systems
and may not apply.


	
  State Type

  	
   

  	
  Color

  	
   

  	
  Additional Description

  
	
  Non-Powered Equipment

  	
   

  	
   White

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Invalid / Unavailable
  Data

  	
   

  	
   Dk. Gray

  	
   

  	
  Communication problem. Power and/or network
  connections could be the cause.

  
	
  Off/ Inactive

  	
   

  	
   Gray

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Disabled

  	
   

  	
   Lt. Green

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Running / On /Active

  	
   

  	
   Green

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Energy Management (If
  Used)

  	
   

  	
   Blue

  	
   

  	
  Powered off automatically due to lack of product
  present.

  
	
  Full Status

  	
   

  	
   Yellow

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Warning / 100% Full

  	
   

  	
   Orange

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Alarm / Fault

  	
   

  	
   Red

  	
   

  	
  Alarms should be investigated.

  



 


NOTE
If GSMi is not receiving data from the PLC for the conveyor
section, GSMi colors the conveyor
dark gray, which is the default state.



 101
 









The following Figure is an example of some conveyor
colors shown on a system layout.


Figure
19 System Layout Example with Conveyor Colors






 102
 









7.6.5       Symbols


The name of a conveyor section or device may be viewed
by positioning the cursor over the item. Zooming in on an area shows additional
information such as conveyor unit numbers and conveyor flow direction.


Symbols are specific to each material handling system.
Alarm symbols are always red. All symbols will display in the System View,
showing the location of the affected device in the facility. Examples of some
of the typical symbols are shown below. All of these shown may not be needed.


	
  

  	
   

  	
  A red Motor Symbol indicates a motor fault has been
  activated. These symbols will be displayed in the System View showing the
  actual location of the motor on the affected conveyor in the facility.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  A red Emergency Stop symbol indicates that an
  emergency stop button, switch, or pull-cord has been activated.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  A red photo symbol indicates that a jam occurred at
  the symbol location. The specific type of jam (conveyor jam, chute jam, etc.)
  will be described in the alarm text displayed in the Alarm Window. A jam is
  typically associated with a photo eye.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  

  	
   

  	
  A yellow or orange photo indicates a flow control
  condition on accumulation conveyor. This photo will typically be seen on a
  conveyor unit that is also yellow or orange.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ALARM TEXT

  	
   

  	
  A label in red text may be used instead of a symbol
  to display selected fault conditions in a custom text window, such as the PLC
  Status Table. The alarm text will still also appear in the standard alarm
  window.

  



 



 103
 









7.6.6       Alarms


All alarms are listed in the Alarm Window. The
information includes the Time/Date the alarm became active, the Description of
the alarm condition, the Area, and the Source of the control network interface
Input.


7.6.6.1    Alarm Text Colors


Active alarms are annunciated using red text on a
white background. The following chart defines the color scheme for the alarm
window.


	
  Type

  	
   

  	
  Acknowledged

  	
   

  	
  Alarm
  Source

  	
   

  	
  Text
  Color

  
	
  Alarms

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Active

  	
   

  	
  Red

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  Active

  	
   

  	
  Blue

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Inactive

  	
   

  	
  Orange

  



 


Figure
20 Alarm Text Example





7.6.6.2    Alarm Acknowledgment


Alarms are not removed automatically. They need to be
acknowledged to remove them from the alarm window. Alarms are acknowledged by
either single left mouse click or by right click then choosing Ack. The
following shows the menus for the right-click action.


Figure 21 Alarm
Acknowledgement Shortcut Menu






 104
 









The Alarm Ack dialog box allows the user to
acknowledge a variety of items depending on the selections made.


Figure 22 Alarm Ack Dialog Box





Clicking the Acknowledge All Alarms button
acknowledges all active alarms listed in the Alarm View. This is a one-time
acknowledgement action. Refer to the Alarm Filters section, for more details on
filtering.


Some alarms (jams, motor faults, E-stops, open gates,
open doors, motor disconnect switches, etc.) have corresponding symbols on the
screen, others have text representations only. To locate an alarm on the system
map, double-click on the alarm text. GSMi positions the
screen so the problem area is centered, enlarged, and visible.


7.6.6.3    Alarm History Reporting


When you click on the Alarm History item under the
Reporting Root of the Treeview, the Historical Alarm Reporting Screen is loaded
in the main window. At first, only the Header and the Report Filters are shown.
Do the following to generate a report:


1.                          Select
the filter criteria based on the
data you want to report on. (If you do not select filters, you get all data in
the Alarm Log)


2.                          Click
on the icon on the menu that corresponds to the report you want (shown below).


3.                          The
Report will be displayed just under the filters.


4.                          You
may choose to change the filters based on what you got back in the report.
Change the filters again and make sure that you click on the icon again to
refresh the report.


5.                          To
print the report, you may want to
modify the appearance of the report. You can hide the filters by clicking on
the filter icon on the menu. You can also close the Tree View by clicking on
the “x” in the right corner of the Treeview frame. Reports print out the best
in the Landscape layout. Printing is done through Internet Explorer.


Additionally, you can save the report to your Favorites. Saving a report to your
favorites allows you to recall a particular report you have generated. Saving
to a favorite will save the filter criteria for the report only. When a



 105
 









favorite is loaded, the report is run against the
active database. Therefore, once data is archived, a favorite might become
invalid because the date filter is now not within the active database.


7.6.6.4    Alarm History Report


Below is the Alarm
History Report. The information includes the Time/Date the alarm
became active, the duration of the Alarm, the Description of the alarm
condition, the Area, and the Source of the OPC Input.


Figure 23  Alarm History Report






 106
 









7.6.6.5    Alarm History Graph


In addition to the report page the history graph
allows you to see a trend over time. Hovering over a point shows the alarm
count for that day.


Figure 24 Alarm History Graph






 107
 









7.6.6.6    Alarm History Summary


To see a summary of how often a point has been in
alarm, go to the Alarm History Summary. (å)
On this screen, the alarm count for each point is displayed along with the
point description, area name and source symbol.


Figure 25 Alarm History
Summary






 108















7.6.7       RSCC Sorter Errors


All errors associated with the RSCC are listed on the
Sorter Error History page.


7.6.7.1    Sorter Error History


All errors are listed on the Error History page. The
information includes the time/date the alarm became active, the description of
the alarm condition, the area, and the source of the control network interface
input.


Figure 26   Sorter Error
History






 109
 









7.6.7.2    Sorter Error History Summary


To see a summary of how often a point has been in
error, go to the Error History Summary. (å)
On this screen, the error count for each point is displayed along with the
point description, area name and source symbol.


Figure 27   Sorter Error
History Summary






 110
 









7.6.8       Deliverables


7.6.8.1    The Children’s Place


·                            120
VAC (isolated) 15A service to all server/workstation locations.


·                            120
VAC, 15A to all environmental enclosures (if enclosures provided).


·                            A
drain for condensate from the air conditioning units, on the environmental
enclosures, if required by the customer.


·                            Ethernet
network, including drops to all server/workstation locations.


·                            Dedicated
analog phone line to server location unless VPN access is to be granted.


7.6.8.2    Dematic


The base system includes the
hardware and software for a single GSMi
computer. As an option, extra hardware and software can be purchased to support
additional workstations.


·                            Configuration
of software to represent the conveyor system.


·                            Installation,
setup, and checkout of all server/workstations provided by Dematic.



 111
 









8              Computer Information System


This document is to be used as a method of
communication between The Children’s Place and Dematic, with regard to the
computer architecture and software functionality. An overview of the proposed
system is provided here for review, to ensure an accurate understanding by both
parties. When this proposal is accepted, a Functional Specification document
will be developed, which will contain additional detailed information.


When accepted, the proposed system is expected to be
installed around 7/08.


8.1          Integrated Software System – Proposal
Overview


Dematic proposes to provide an integrated software
system running on an integrated server platform that manages all host
communications, picking directives for both put-to-light and all sortation
functions. To do this, Dematic integrates its standard Dematic IT Suite
software, that is PickDirector®, SortDirector®, and OMS into one harmonized
software system – specifically configured for this site’s operations. The
modular nature of this software provides the Dematic IT suite of software a
common look-and-feel across all system components.


In brief, Dematic proposes the following for The Children’s
Place facility in a Ft. Payne, Alabama:


·                             The
installation of a streamlined picking/sortation integrated computer and
software solution, including a Windows based computer architecture.


·                             A
single interface between The Children’s Place host and the Dematic supplied
software system. This is due to the adroit nature of the Order Management
System (OMS), akin to both PickDirector & SortDirector. OMS processes the
order picking information downloads from the host and determines the carton
destinations within the picking module(s). Message Distributor acts as the
traffic director to route picking order data to PickDirector, and carton
destinations to SortDirector.


·                             The
installation of a new PickDirector pick-to-light system, including 2640 lights
in 240 picking zones.


·                             The
installation of a new SortDirector system, working in conjunction with the
conveyor system. SortDirector is responsible for routing cartons and totes on
the conveyor system and managing information flow between itself, The Children’s
Place Host computer (via OMS), Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), Dematic
RapidSort Controllers (RSCs), print and apply label printers, carton scales,
and all associated scanners.



 112
 









·                             Client/server
based user-friendly operator interface.


·                             Standard
interface to the RSCs.


·                             Standard
interface to the PLCs


·                             Interface
to scanners and printers


·                             Automatic
startup.


·                             Diagnostics
via system logging facilities.


·                             System
error reporting.


·                             Label
lookup and maintenance functions.


·                             View
system operation.


·                             Single
point of control which includes monitoring, access to comprehensive reports and
statistics.


·                             Documentation
and on-site training.


8.1.1       Summary of Main Features


·                             Standard
PC-based architecture, with Order Management System (OMS) OMS and SortDirector
provide the link between the higher-level Host Computer of Warehouse Management
System (WMS) and the lower-level sort controller. OMS provides information on
waves, routes, orders, and carriers (cartons/totes/containers).


·                             Highly
flexible/configurable “out of the box” modular software design Modular
components can be “shared” between products, giving the Director IT suite of
Dematic software a common look-and-feel. Modular component design simplifies
customization and troubleshooting activities. Sharing of components means cost
efficient development and, known reliability.


8.1.2       Computer
Architecture


The following Figure is a sketch of the computer
architecture. Please refer to the LAN requirements section for additional
pertinent information.



 113
 









Figure
28   Computer Architecture





Please refer to Parameters Section regarding LAN
requirements, including network isolation, network security, and service
packs/antivirus protection and regarding grounding and bonding of computer and
communications equipment.



 114
 









OMS serves as the single communication channel between
the host computer and the Dematic supplied picking/routing systems. The
software interface to the Host System may be via file based FTP or
connection-oriented Sockets over TCP/IP.


The details of the host interface functionality are
assumed to be identical to The Children’s Place distribution center in Dayton,
NJ.


8.2          System Deliverables


Dematic provides the following deliverables:


·                            Hardware


·                            Third-party
Software


·                            Dematic
Application Software


·                            Documentation


8.3          SortDirector Overview


8.3.1       Main System Areas


The system can be divided into seven (7) main areas,
which are described in further detail in the sections to follow. The list below
denotes each area and some of the sub areas contained in each.


1.                          The
Receiving Area


·                            Five
(5) Receiving lines


·                            Five
(5) Barcode Scanners and Weight Scales directly attached to SortDirector


2.                          Full
Case


·                            Palletizing
area used to induct full case cartons into system


3.                          Put
Away/SKU Sorter Area


·                            Four
(4) cross-dock lines to shipping sorter


·                            31
Put-Away lines


·                            One
(1) Straight/Recirc line


·                            One
(1) No-Read line


·                            One
(1) Barcode scanner


4.                          Put-To-Light
(PTL)/Tote Sorter


·                            20 PTL
Pack lines



 115
 









·                            One
(1) Straight/Recirc line


·                            One
(1) No-Read line


·                            One
(1) Barcode scanner


5.                          The
Automatic Label Print and Apply Area


·                            4-to-1
saw-tooth merge


·                            Four
(4) Barcode Scanners and 4 Weight Scales directly attached to SortDirector used
for Weight Upload to WMS.


6.                          The
Shipping Area


·                            40
Shipping lines


·                            One
(1) No-Read line


·                            Two
(2) New-Store loops


·                            One
(1) Straight/Recirc line


·                            One
(1) Barcode scanners


The following areas exist, but are not under
SORTDIRECTOR control.


·                             Inbound
Merge Area – sends product towards the Put Away/SKU & Routing sorters


·                             Outbound
Merge Area – sends product towards the print and apply area


·                             The
automatic Label Print and Apply Area


8.3.1.1    Receiving


The receiving system consists of five (5) Receiving
lines and one (1) Slapper line each with an associated single-line side-read
scanner located on the right-hand-side of the conveyor. Each barcode scanner is
attached to a weight scale for a total of six (6) weight scales. The barcode is
an input to the weight scale. The scale transmits both the barcode data and
weight data to the SortDirector over a direct RS422 serial connection.


Cartons arrive with a unique 20 digit Case Number bar
code as well as a four digit Quantity Number. Both of the labels are applied to
the right side of the carton and the front of the carton. When a carton is
unloaded and placed on one of the two receiving lanes, the associated Receiving
Scanner scans the carton for the Case Number and Quantity Number. It is the
responsibility of the barcode scanner to concatenate these two strings together
for transmission to the SortDirector.



 116
 









The SortDirector formats the scanned data into a
DIVERTQUERY message and sends the message to the WMS for notification the case
was received. The WMS then downloads the carton information to the SortDirector
via the DIVERTDIRECTIVE message.


NOTE If the message
from the receiving scanner(s) is a no-read (all zeros) and/or the weight scale
is a no-weight, no message will be uploaded to the WMS. No other action is
taken by the system for no-reads (i.e. the conveyor does not stop). However, as
a result of this, the cartons that encounter a no-read condition on either the
quantity or the carton number barcodes and/or a no-weight at Receiving may be
sent to the Jackpot lane at Put Away/SKU sorter as an Untranslatable (non in
database) if the barcode is successfully read at Put Away/SKU sorter.


The Receiving scanner is not expected to transmit an
ID code to the SortDirector, so the SortDirector will need to know which
communications port labels are received on in order to report the receiving
line the label was scanned.


Table 1 Valid Receiving lane ID’s




	
  Value sent 

  to WMS

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Lane Number

  
	
  R1

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 1a and Receiving lane 1b

  
	
  R2

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 2a and Receiving lane

  
	
  R3

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 3a and Receiving lane 3b

  
	
  R4

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 4a and Receiving lane 4b

  
	
  R5

  	
   

  	
  Receiving lane 5a and Receiving lane 5b

  
	
  R6

  	
   

  	
  Slapper Line

  






 


8.3.1.2    Put Away/SKU Sorter


The Put Away/SKU sorter consists of 31 Put Away/SKU
lines and 1 Straight/Recirc line. When the carton arrives at the Put Away/SKU
Sorter area it is scanned on the right-hand-side of the carton by the Put
Away/SKU Sorter. The bar code is then sent to the RSC which in turn transmits
the case barcode to the SortDirector. The SortDirector informs the RSC where to
divert the carton based on the data received in the Divert Directive message
from the WMS. Upon verifying that the carton has been diverted, the
SortDirector sends the Divert Confirm message to the WMS.


When the SortDirector receives the unique tracking
number and carton information from the RSC, the SortDirector will take the
appropriate action based on the label information received from the WMS. The
following table describes the possible actions the SortDirector can take for
carton information identified at the Put Away/SKU scanner:



 117
 









Table 2 Put Away/SKU Sorter


	
  Condition

  	
   

  	
  Action

  
	
  The Sort Lane
  assignment is a valid Put Away/SKU Sorter Logical Lane number

  	
   

  	
  The SORTDIRECTOR informs the RSC to divert the
  specified carton to the Logical Put Away/SKU sorter lane.

  
	
  The “Audit/QC” Flag
  is set to “TRUE/YES”

  	
   

  	
  Overrides the sort destination for the carton and
  the carton is routed to the Routing Sorter Audit line via the Put-Away/SKU
  sorter (round-robin diverts 1-3).

  
	
  String is
  anomaly condition (no-read, multi-label, untranslatable/not-in-database)

  	
   

  	
  Carton is routed to the Routing Sorter Audit line
  via the Put Away/SKU (round-robin diverts 1-3).

  



 


NOTE


·                             Cartons
that cannot be diverted due to lane full conditions are re-circulated through
the Put Away/SKU sorter line (divert 36).


·                             When
a carton is diverted to the Jackpot/QC lane because of the QC flag being set,
the SortDirector also clears the QC flag (space it out) so that it will not be
continuously audited.


·                             Weight
checking/validation will take place at PutAway/SKU sorter.


·                             Cartons
destined to the Shipping Sorter merge will use Put Away/SKU Sorter will use the
last four diverts however the SortDirector will send a divert value of 1 to the
RSC. The RSC will process the divert value of 1 knowing that this is the signal
to execute the Round-Robin logic between the last four diverts. The RSC is
responsible for the Round-Robin sortation logic when the SortDirector sends a
value of 1.


8.3.1.3    Put-To-Light/Tote Sorter


The PTL/Tote sorter consists of 20 PTL lines and 1
Straight/Recirc line. A single RSC controls the PTL/Tote inbound sortation.
There is a scanner directly connected to the RSC. The scanner reads the label
on the Tote and sends it to the RSC. The RSC, in turn, sends a Dispatch Request
to the SortDirector. The SortDirector looks up the label in its database. If
the label is found, the SortDirector directs the RSC to divert the tote to the
designated destination.



 118















Table 3 PTL/Tote Sorter


	
  Condition

  	
   

  	
  Action

  
	
  String is
  anomaly condition (no-read, multi-label, untranslatable/not-in-database).

  	
   

  	
  Carton is routed to the PTL reject line (divert 41).

  



 


NOTE


·                  Cartons
that cannot be diverted due to lane full conditions are re-circulated through
the PTL/Tote sorter line.


·                  A tote may only have one destination in the
PTL/Tote area.


·                  Divert
confirmations are sent to the WMS for this area.


8.3.1.4                                   Label
Print and Apply (LPA)


 


The Label Print and Apply area consists of 12 Barcode Scanners and 12
Weight Scales. Of the 12 barcode scanners, all are attached to the RSC system
and are used for Weight Upload to WMS. All scanners are used by the LPA system.
The actual LPA function is not under SortDirector control. Cartons receive a
shipping label by a system under control of The Children’s Place.


NOTE The
weight that is received from the LPA weight scales must be saved in the
SortDirector database as the “Actual Weight” so that weight verification can be
processed at the Shipping Sorter.


8.3.1.5                                   Shipping
Area


 


The shipping area consists of 40 shipping lanes, two New Store loops
and a Straight/Recirc line. Configured with the Shipping sorter is one barcode
scanner. The scanner in Shipping communicates directly to the RSC and transmits
the barcode data to the SortDirector. Both sides of the cartons are scanned for
the 20 Digit Case Number Barcode. The left hand side is scanned for the divert
directive and the right hand scan is the label verification scan.


The scanners can transmit to the RSC two barcodes separated by an
ampersand (“@”), the first being the right side-read (Case Number), ampersand,
then followed by the left side-read (Shipping Number).


8.3.1.5.1                         Rules for
Weight Verification


 


·                  If expected
weight of Zero is downloaded by host for the carton, weight verification is
performed and carton is sent to jackpot.


·                  If expected
weight for the carton is provided by the host, then SortDirector consults the
weight tolerance table for the expected weight and computes the upper and lower
allowable limits. It then checks, if the measured weight



 119
 









is within these computed limits, if not the carton is
diverted to the QC lane (only once for this reason).


·                  If there isn’t
any “actual” weight associated with the carton, the carton should be rejected
as a Weight Check Failure. This condition can occur if the weigh station
scales/scanners do not transmit the data to SortDirector via the direct device
connection. Additionally, for this condition, the carton should continue to be
rejected until there is an actual weight available (this is an exception to the
QC rule of rejecting cartons only one time).


Table 4 Shipping Sorter Label
Verification Logic


	
  Condition

  	
   

  	
  Action

  
	
  Both strings
  transmitted by the scanner are the same.

  	
   

  	
  The SORTDIRECTOR performs a check of the two
  strings. The first 20 character string is compared to the second 20 character
  string. If they match, a lookup is performed in the database for the
  destination for that carton.

  
	
  The two strings
  transmitted by the scanner are non-zero and do not match.

  	
   

  	
  The carton is directed to the Shipping Sorter
  Jackpot line for a label-mismatch anomaly condition

  
	
  If either the
  first or second string transmitted by the scanner is non-zero and the other
  string is all zero’s (no-read).

  	
   

  	
  A lookup is performed in the database for the
  destination for that carton. It is then directed to Jackpot.

  



 


NOTE Sortation logic business rules require that
the Label Verification logic take precedence over the Weight Verification logic.
Weight Verification should only take place once the Label Verification has
determined that both labels match.


The SortDirector looks up the
label in its database and verifies the actual weight (obtained from the LPA
weight scales) against the SortDirector’s configured weight tolerances. If the
label is found and is within weight tolerance the SortDirector directs the RSC
to divert the carton to the designated destination.   If the carton is not within weight
tolerance, the carton will be sorted to the designated weight check failure
lane. If the carton is a no-read the carton will be sorted to the designated
no-read line for the level. If the designated divert is full, the carton will
recirculated.


·                  Label verification will take place at
shipping.


·                  If a carton is rejected for 0 (zero) weight,
the shipping label must be taken off before re-inducting the carton to the
Routing sorter.


NOTE If the carton is rejected at Shipping sorter
for Check-Weight-Failure (out of tolerance), the DIVERTCONFIRM message to WMS
must contain the logical destination of WT, otherwise the WMS will mark the
carton as “shipped”.



 120
 









8.3.2                                             Barcode
Details


 


Cartons with this pre-applied
case number barcode label are expected to be received at the two (2) Receiving
lanes and the Full case lane.


Table 5 Case Barcode Details


	
  Item Description

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Barcode Length
  and format

  	
   

  	
  20 Digits Numeric

  
	
  Information
  contained in the Barcode

  	
   

  	
  Case Number

  
	
  Barcode
  Codification Scheme

  	
   

  	
  Type 128

  
	
  Seen by Scanners

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Scanners, Primary Sorter, Put Away/SKU
  Sorter Scanner

  



 


Figure
29 Pre-applied case number barcode label





Cartons with this pre-applied
quantity barcode label are expected to be received at Receiving lanes.


Table 6 Quantity Barcode
Details


	
  Item Description

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  Barcode Length
  and format

  	
   

  	
  4 Digits Numeric

  
	
  Information
  contained in the Barcode

  	
   

  	
  Quantity

  
	
  Barcode
  Codification Scheme

  	
   

  	
  Type 128

  
	
  Seen by Scanners

  	
   

  	
  Receiving Scanners

  



 


The expected format of the
transmitted string from the scanner to SortDirector is:


CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCQQQQLF


Where:



 121
 









CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC is the
Case Number and QQQQ is 4-digit Quantity (e.g.: 10 qty will be sent as 0010)


And:


LF is
Carriage Return and Line Feed


8.3.3                                             Client
Workstation Details


 


Dematic
configures Terminal Services clients connecting to the server with access
strictly to an instance of the DirectorITTM user interface shell running on the
server. When the client logs in, the user is restricted only to the DirectorITTM
application. The user has no access to any system functions and can neither by
design or unintentionally reconfigure or reboot the application server from his
client session. The client is further restricted by the application login as to
what menu options are and are not accessible. Terminal Service sessions can
also be configured for timeout by user. The server would automatically terminate
client sessions that have set idle for X duration.


NOTE Computer workstations and/or related client
hardware/software is not provided by Dematic as part of this project. All
client workstations will be configured and run from The Children’s Place computers.


In order for the client
workstations to access the Dematic DirectorITTM server, the client computers
require Microsoft Operating Systems of either Windows 2000 configured with
Terminal Services or Windows XP Professional configured with Remote Desktop.
The client computers must also have network access to the Dematic DirectorITTM
computer.


8.4                                                       PickDirector Overview


8.4.1                                             Operator
Procedure


 


Inbound totes will be
delivered to the appropriate put module by the conveyor system and must be
grabbed by the operators of each of the zones for processing.


1.                           An operator logs into the zone using the hand
held scanner and their personal identification barcode.


2.                           The operator scans one of the inbound tote
IDs.


a.               If any of the stores that have requirements
from that tote, do not have a store carton assigned the MaxiPick will light
with the word FILL. The operator will scan a new carton and press the OK button
of the corresponding MaxiPick or scan the location barcode. The process is
repeated for all the FILL messages. (The POPULATE ALL barcode can also be used
to fill any unassigned locations prior to inducting and inbound tote. All
unassigned locations will be prompted with FILL



 122
 









messages. The operator scans an outbound carton and
presses the OK button on the MaxiPick or scans the location barcode to marry
the carton.)


b.              PickDirector then lights the
appropriate lights/quantities for each store location in the zone that must be
filled from this inbound tote.


c.               PickDirector also displays the tote ID and
total number of stores requiring puts on each BayDisplay in the zone.


d.              If the inbound tote has no work in the zone an
appropriate message will be displayed to instruct the operator to pass the tote
to a zone that has work.


3.                           The
operator picks the product from the tote and places the specified amount in one
of the store cartons with a lit MaxiPick. The operator informs PickDirector
that the fill is complete by one of the following methods:


a.               NORMAL: Pressing the “OK” button to indicate
that the put is complete and the store carton is not full.


b.              NEW CARTON WITH PARTIAL PUT: Decrementing the
quantity and pressing the “Action” button, followed by the “OK” button to
indicate that the tote is full, but all puts for the store from the inbound
tote could not fit into the outbound carton (another carton is needed). NCAR
will be displayed on the MaxiPick for a brief moment to indicate that a new
carton is needed.


1)  PickDirector
turns off all the lights in the zone and waits for the operator to push out the
full store carton.


2)  The
operator will be directed to scan a new carton ID and place it in the store
slot.


3)  PickDirector
lights any remaining quantity for the store that could not be put into the
previous carton. Any other stores requiring puts from that tote will also
relight.


e.               SHORT: Supervisor approval is required to
perform a short. In the event there are not enough products to fill the
requirement an operator must inform a supervisor. The supervisor decrements the
quantity on the MaxiPick to the quantity put and then scans a special ‘Short’
barcode to indicate that there are not enough products to complete the put
operation.


4)              PickDirector extinguishes all lights in the
zone and shorts the requirements for each store.


4.                           The
operator continues step 3 until all store puts are complete for the inbound
tote.


a.               PickDirector will display the word “COMPLETE”
if the inbound tote is supposed to be empty, otherwise PickDirector will
display the word “PASS” to the next zone.



 123
 









5.                           The
operator passes the inbound tote to the next zone if instructed to “PASS”. If
the tote is empty and “COMPLETE” is displayed the operator will handle the tote
appropriately.


6.                           The
operator continues at step 2 until all inbound totes have been processed.


7.                           The
operator can close outbound store cartons by one of the following methods.


a.               The operator can swap the carton when it
becomes full by using the New Carton process outlined above (NCAR). This method
is probably preferred if the operator want to perform a partial put. If the
quantity required is 5, but only 3 will fit in the box, using the NCAR method
the operator can decrement to quantity to 3, swap the container, and put the
remaining 2 in the next carton. OR


b.              The operator can swap the carton when it
becomes full by scanning the location barcode, pushing out the full carton, and
scanning a new carton. No partial put can be done.


c.               The operator can scan the “Close All” barcode.
This will light all the store locations with CLOS even if they have remaining
requirements. The operator can close all locations or can choose specific
locations, confirming each action by pressing the “OK” button on the MaxiPick.
If the operator only chooses to close specific locations the “End Operation”
barcode can be scanned to exit the function.


NOTE At
any time during the put process, the put operator may suspend the operation by
scanning the “Suspend” barcode. The delivery tote may once again be scanned to
resume the put process for those items that have not been completed.


8.4.1.1                                   Reconfirm Last Put


 


At any time after a put has
been made to a given location, but prior to the next SKU being put at the same
location, an operator can relight the last put quantity simply by pressing the
OK button. This procedure would be invoked when an operator needs to re-verify
a put quantity after it has already been acknowledged at the pick face by
pushing the “OK” button.


8.4.1.2                                   Audit Last Put in Zone


 


At any time after the last
tote has been processed in a zone, but prior to the next tote being inducted in
the zone, and operator can audit the last tote. The operator scans the “Audit
Last Order” barcode and all locations that had puts from the previous tote will
relight with the quantity to be put. Operators can then verify the contents of
the outbound containers against the re-lit quantities. No changes can be made
to the quantities confirmed to PickDirector. Operators can add or remove items
from outbound cartons, but the quantity confirmed to PickDirector will not be
updated. Once the operator is satisfied with the audit



 124
 









they scan the “Cancel” barcode to exit the function. To continue
operations the operator scans the next inbound tote.


NOTE  While auditing, an operator may find more of a
SKU in an outbound container than is lit on the MaxiPick. This product would
have been put from a different inbound container than the one being audited.


8.4.1.3                                   Zone Changing via Scanner


During operation an operator
may decide to increase or decrease the size of their zone depending on
workload. The operator can adjust the size of their zone by scanning a “1 Zone”,
“2 Zone”, or “3 Zone” barcode. The zones will automatically resize to a
predetermined configuration per aisle. In order to use this functionality,
neighboring zones must be logged out.


8.4.2                                             Email
Notification


System Hardware will be
configured to automatically email notifications when specific conditions
warrant. Conditions include devices not online and shorted orders. It is
required that the email system supports Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) to
accommodate this customization.


8.4.3                                             Barcodes


The following barcodes are
required to commission, test and operate the system after Go Live.


All input barcodes must be
alphanumeric, five characters in length and begin with ‘C’. The following are
codes for the operations listed:


	
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  Code

  
	
  Operator Login

  	
   

  	
  Any Value

  
	
  Operator Log Out

  	
   

  	
  C1001

  
	
  Suspend

  	
   

  	
  C1003

  
	
  Cancel Operation

  	
   

  	
  C1191

  
	
  End Operation

  	
   

  	
  C1195

  
	
  Populate All

  	
   

  	
  C2022

  
	
  Close All

  	
   

  	
  C2030

  
	
  Short

  	
   

  	
  C2012

  
	
  Audit Last Tote
  in Zone

  	
   

  	
  C2041

  
	
  Carton at
  Location

  	
   

  	
  C2040

  



 



 125
 









8.4.4                                             Quality
Assurance


As totes are routed out of
the put module, a random number of the totes determined by the host will be
routed to an audit divert. If desired a client workstation provided by The
Children’s Place can be used to query the contents of any outbound shipping
container. The query will display both the required and actual quantity of each
SKU in the container as well as the date and time of when the SKU was put and
the operator logged into the zone at the time each SKU was put.


Query input to the tote
lookup screen can either by the keyboard or by a keyboard wedge scanner. No
changes can be made to the query results.


8.4.5                                             Client
Access


For client access System
Hardware supports the use of Microsoft Terminal Services. The base System
Hardware install allows for 2 simultaneous client connections.


Any windows client can be set
up to access the System Hardware user interface by using the terminal services
portal. This includes hard network connected workstations as well as RF connected
windows based PDA type devices and tablet PCs. For RF connected devices, a
tablet PC is better suited for display of the System Hardware GUI   Though there is nothing prohibiting the
running of the System Hardware GUI on a PDA size display, sliding and scrolling
of the screens may be required to access all of the available screen data and
controls.


It is the responsibility of
The Children’s Place to provide any System Hardware client hardware.


8.4.6                                             Database
Access


System Hardware uses MSSQL for its underlying database. Read only
access to the PickDirector database will be granted to The Children’s Place. It
is the responsibility of The Children’s Place personnel to familiarize
themselves with the System Hardware Database table and index structure in order
to create custom SQL database queries. Dematic is not responsible for any
performance degradation of the system due to the influence of The Children’s
Place generated query against the System Hardware database.



 126
 









8.5                                                       Project Parameters


8.5.1                                             LAN
Requirements


Each computer and each device
requires a unique The Children’s Place supplied IP address. The LAN utilizes
the TCP/IP protocol running on Category 5E (or above) network cabling according
to ANSI/EIA/TIA and NFPA-70 standards. The Children’s Place is to provide all
LAN drops and test each drop for all of the normal parameters, including DC
loop resistance, continuity, length, attenuation, near-end cross-talk (NEXT),
return loss, equal level far-end cross-talk (ELFEXT), propagation delay/delay
skew, attenuation to cross-talk ratio (ACR), etc. The interface point is the
media interface on the end of the Ethernet cabling with a CAT5E or better
connector. This connection point must be within 3’-0” of the usage point.


8.5.1.1                                   Network Isolation


The Dematic network must be
isolated from The Children’s Place business network in order to provide
security and manage network traffic effectively.


Dematic recommends that each
device be connected to a separate port on an Ethernet switch, so as to isolate
collision domains and maximize system performance. Please refer to the Computer
Architecture diagram. Isolation is achieved by creating a separate LAN for the
Dematic supplied systems. In this example, each of the Dematic supplied servers
(primary and backup) is equipped with two NICs. One of the NICs is connected to
LAN A (The Children’s Place business network), and the other is connected to
LAN B (Isolated LAN for Dematic systems). This arrangement disallows any
traffic from LAN A to be broadcast on LAN B, and visa versa. Note that
isolation of one network from the other may be accomplished by utilizing a VLAN
capable switch or switches.


With this arrangement, all
The Children’s Place network traffic is blocked except what is explicitly
permitted to/from the Dematic provided servers, i.e. host downloads/uploads.


Implementing systems without
isolation such as the method described above compromises the warranty, and does
not allow Dematic to control/limit the congestion on its network segment. The
added congestion and security risk may interfere with the system design,
impeding the operation of the system and Dematic’ ability to effectively
support the system as designed.


Ultimately, The Children’s
Place is to be responsible for network isolation as outlined above.



 127
 









8.5.1.2                                   Network Security


The Children’s Place is
responsible for managing all network security in terms of prevention,
detection, and response.


Network security may include
(but is not limited to): physical security, packet screening; vulnerabilities;
firewalls; authentication; authorization, and other security issues that may
potentially impose risks or threats.


8.5.1.3                                   Service Packs and Antivirus
Protection


Operating systems running on
Dematic supplied computers contain the most recent service packs available at the
time of software development. Dematic supplied servers and computers also
include antivirus software. The antivirus software is up to date and actively
running on the computer at the inception of installation. After inception,
there are no additional service packs or antivirus patches installed, unless
specifically arranged by mutual agreement between The Children’s Place and
Dematic.


The warranty provided by
Dematic for the installed computer/software system does not apply to any
failure that may be caused by vulnerabilities in the operating system, nor does
the warranty apply to any attack on the system due to a virus, worm, or other
intrusion.


Ultimately, The Children’s Place is responsible for service packs and
antivirus protection.



 128















8.5.2               Grounding and
Bonding of Computer and Communications Equipment


Lightening strikes,
electrical power faults, and other transients can cause serious damage to
computer and telecommunications equipment if ground loops exist and proper
grounding and bonding rules are not applied.


8.5.2.1            Grounding and Bonding Defined


“Grounding” refers to
electrically connecting equipment to the earth via the electrical service
ground, ground rods, and/or other methods. “Bonding” refers to the equalization
of ground points between two or more points – such as between two pieces of
equipment, or between a particular piece of equipment and the building’s steel
structure.


8.5.2.2            Electrical Grounding vs.
Computer Equipment Grounding/Bonding


The purpose of grounding in
power systems is to protect people and equipment, while the purpose of
grounding and bonding in computer systems is to protect not only people and
equipment, but also delicate signals in high speed communications. Each of
these systems has specific requirements. Both systems must be installed
acceptably and functioning properly, in accordance with national and local
electrical codes and also ANSI/TIA/EIA 602 codes and standards. The appropriate
ground bus blocks, bonding conductors, connectors, etc. in and between all
Dematic supplied racks, enclosures, cabinets, and equipment where
communications between subsystems takes place must be installed.


8.5.2.3            Principles Behind
Communications Bonding


The majority of distribution
center building structures today already have low overall impedance and a
lightning protection system to safely conduct direct lightning strikes to
ground. However, due to ground loops, significant differences in ground
potentials can exist throughout a building during electrical transients. Additional
bonding conductors are an effective way to improve marginal situations,
especially in buildings that lack an effective overall bonded structure.


A ground loop creates a
current across conductors when a difference in potential exists between two
grounded points. An example would be two ground points in two separate
buildings connected by the same data line. In this scenario, there is a
difference in voltage potential between the two points. Current flows through
the cable from the higher voltage to the lower voltage. If the voltage
potential is large enough, the equipment is not able to handle the excess
voltage and one or more parts may be damaged, sometimes severely. Ground loops
cannot be tested. Unfortunately, it cannot be known that they exist until a
vital component fails.



 129
 









If continuous structural
steel already exists nearby along the same path, there may be little actual
improvement. But even in this case, a certain assurance is gained by having
explicit bonding conductors that can be verified by inspection.


Building Industry Consulting
Services International (BICSI®) outlines three
of the most important scientific principles behind communications bonding
conductors. They are as follows:


1.               Equalization: Potentials between different ground points are very dependent on the
impedance between them. Ground equalization improves because the additional
bonding lowers the impedance between different ground points. The shortest and
most direct path using large conductors provides low impedance (both resistive
and inductive). Multiple conductors or wide strips provide even lower
impedance.


2.               Diversion: Because the bonding conductor follow the communications cable and is
directly connected to system grounds at each end, electrical transients that
are forced down the cable path may be diverted (carried) by the bonding
conductor and less likely to influence the communications conductors.


3.               Coupling: The closer the bonding conductor is to the communications cable, the
greater the mutual electromagnetic coupling. During electrical transients, this
coupling tends to partially cancel the transient when it reaches the
communications equipment at the end.


Each of these three effects
is achieved in varying degrees, depending on a wide range of factors. It is
often difficult to predict or measure specific results, but any combination of
all three is usually beneficial to computer and communications equipment.


Plainly, the only guard
against equipment failure due to lightening strikes and power faults is
prevention.


8.5.3               Example - Grounding
and Bonding of Dematic Systems


The following Figure is a
basic sketch of a properly grounded and bonded sortation system. In this
scenario, the sortation system consists of a computer rack (or environmental
enclosure) and a Dematic RapidSORT Controller (RSC). This concept may be
applied to many other applications wherever computer and/or communications
equipment chassis, enclosures, and cabinets are involved.



 130
 









Figure
30                Sketch of Grounding and Bonding of Computer
Rack/Enclosure and RSC





8.5.3.1            Responsibilities


8.5.3.1.1          The
Children’s Place’s Responsibilities


·                  Ensure
the integrity of the electrical service ground. This may require the services
of a licensed electrician and may involve testing.


·                  Ensure
appropriate grounding and lightening protection for telecommunications circuits
(phone lines), network infrastructure, and serial communications systems in
accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA 602 standards.


·                  Specifically,
bond all pertinent cabinets, racks, and equipment to the grounding electrode
system (equipment to electrical service ground, equipment to structural steel,
and equipment to equipment) utilizing the appropriate bus bars, approved
connectors, and #6 AWG copper stranded cable (wire jacket must be green in
color).


·                  Note:
Direct attachment to the closest point in the building’s electrical service
grounding electrode system is preferred because the communications systems are
powered from that service and



 131
 









communications cabling and
power cabling must be effectively equalized (Ref.: NEC 80-40).


·                  Clean all pertinent copper and copper alloy
connections (bolt/crimp connectors, clamps, or lugs), and coat with antioxidant
prior to connection.


8.5.3.1.2          Dematic
Responsibilities


·                  Provide
proper grounding bars and lugs in all Dematic supplied racks, enclosures,
and/or cabinets.


·                  Assess
the site for proper grounding and bonding of all equipment during the
commissioning period and prior to system acceptance.


8.5.3.2            Grounding and Bonding
References


Following is a list of
pertinent topics and their associated references. Copies of the National
Electrical Code (NEC) code book and information on other standards may be
obtained locally at any electrical supply house in most U.S. cities):


·                  Lightening
Protection System (ANSI/NFPA 780)


·                  Grounding
Electrode system (NEC Article 250 Part H, NEC 350-54, & NEC 250-71b)


·                  Electrical
Bonding and Grounding (NEC 250)


·                  Electrical
Power Protection (NEC, Chapter 2)


·                  Communications
Bonding and Grounding (ANSI/NFPA 780, NEC 250, NEC 800-40, and

ANSI/TIA/EIA-607)


·                  Telecommunications
Circuit Protectors (NEC 800C, UL 497)


·                  Specific
Equipment Grounding (NEC 250-45, NEC 250-59)



 132
 









9                      Proposal Specifications


9.1                  General


1.               This Proposal is presented as a total package
and, with the exception of any proposed options, must be purchased as such.


2.               Dematic in no event shall be liable for
incidental or consequential damages (including loss of profits).


3.               The Children’s Place will approve and return
Dematic’s approval documents within a reasonable time such that the project
schedule can be maintained without delay.


4.               The concept, design, and drawings for standard
and specially fabricated or modified equipment will remain the property of
Dematic. Dematic will provide assembly level drawings, including a bill of
material, for specially fabricated equipment and Dematic’s standard
service/parts manual pages for standard equipment. Detail drawings of
weldments, sub-assemblies or individual components are proprietary and will not
be provided.


5.               Only those items listed in the specific
equipment lists in this Proposal will be provided. All other items are presumed
to be provided by The Children’s Place.


6.               A recommended spare parts list for the
equipment under this Proposal will be furnished to The Children’s Place prior
to Commissioning. This will allow The Children’s Place to select and purchase
spare parts early enough for the spare parts to be on-site for the
commissioning process. This spare parts list will include:


a.               Item Number


b.              Item Description


c.               Manufacturer


d.              Part Number


e.               Price


f.                 Recommended Inventory Quantity


7.               Unless otherwise noted, Dematic has priced
this project with the intent to utilize The Children’s Place’s purchased spare
parts on an as needed basis during the commissioning phase. Dematic will
document all spare parts consumed, and will replenish these parts as quickly as
possible.


8.           CAD Drawings are included in this Proposal.



 133
 









9.               This Proposal does include travel to the site
by the Dematic Software Engineers. The software portion of the project is expected
to be performed in-house and commissioned by way of modem.


10.         Dematic will provide Maintenance and Operation documentation for the
equipment installed by Dematic under this Proposal.


11.         Full service maintenance of equipment, commencing with the operation of
a portion or all of the equipment, is not included in this Proposal but can be
quoted separately.


12.         Only those work stations, catwalks, platforms, or crossovers specified
in this Proposal are included.


13.         Fork truck barriers to protect the equipment from damage are not
included in this Proposal.


14.         This Proposal includes only those interfaces with other equipment
specifically noted.


9.2                  The Children’s Place
Deliverables


The Children’s Place is
responsible for the following:


1.               Immediate availability of a Project Engineer /
Manager authorized to represent The Children’s Place, such that the project
schedule may be maintained through the duration of the project.


2.               All necessary federal, state, and local
government licenses, taxes, permits, and fees as may be required. If required,
The Children’s Place is responsible for the costs associated with Dematic
obtaining the PE stamp of approval.


3.               Ample product for system testing during the
installation, commissioning, and testing periods. The Children’s Place will
have the equipment and Personnel available, as required, to handle the loading
and off-loading of product to the conveyor system. Also, The Children’s Place
will have fork trucks and Personnel available, as required, to bring product
from its final destination back to its loading point during the installation
testing phase.


NOTE   A large quantity of product may be necessary, based upon the final
system design, system rate, accessibility, etc.


4.               Staging of all loads prior to testing which is
to include product labeling (machine and/or human-readable).


5.               Unique barcode ID’s for all totes and cartons.


6.               Training classrooms.


7.               Secure storage for backup media.



 134
 









10                   Safety


10.1                Mutual Commitment to Safety


Dematic and The Children’s Place recognize that accidents can be
reduced by following safe practices in the design, construction, installation,
operation, and maintenance of the equipment. Therefore, in a mutual effort to
minimize the possibility of accidents, Dematic and The Children’s Place agree
as follows:


1.                           Dematic furnished equipment will be
designed, manufactured, and installed under the guidance of the appropriate
ANSI/ASME Standards. Likewise, The Children’s Place will apply appropriate
ANSI/ASME Standards as they incorporate user instructions into their
operations, and will enforce these operating standards and instructions. In
particular, The Children’s Place will place into standard operating procedure
those instructions contained within the Dematic supplied Conveyor Safety
Guidelines Form Number 5100 (9/02).


2.                           When Dematic provides on-site installation
services, Dematic will provide operational and maintenance instructions and
training prior to the completion of Commissioning. The Children’s Place will
provide the appropriate Operational and Maintenance Personnel for such
instructions and training. The Children’s Place will retain a record of
attendees.


3.                           Dematic will provide written instructions
relating to the safe use of the equipment. These materials will include such
items as manuals, safety instructions, posters, user instructions, etc. The
Children’s Place will make such instructions available on a continuous basis to
its Operational and Maintenance Personnel.


4.                           The Children’s Place will periodically conduct
safety programs, as required, to keep its Operational and Maintenance
Personnel, including new hires, constantly knowledgeable with respect to the
safe use of the equipment.


5.                           The Children’s Place will maintain a dress
code which requires all Personnel around the equipment to wear hair protection
(or short hair), snug fitting clothes and heavy duty work shoes. The wearing of
tennis shoes, baggy cuffs, neckties, jewelry and similar apparel will not be
permitted. Hard hats will be worn where Personnel could be subjected to injury
because of obstructions or falling objects.


6.                           The Children’s Place will provide man lifts,
platforms or similar devices for the safe maintenance servicing of elevated
equipment where catwalks, platforms or similar means of access are not
provided.



 135
 









10.2                OSHA Lockout / Tagout Rules


NOTE  An important note to The Children’s Place.


On August 28, 1989, the U.S.
Department of Labor amended the Occupational Safety and Health Standards to
incorporate lockout / tagout requirements. This standard applies to most employers
and covers, among other things, “the servicing and maintenance of machines and
equipment in which the unexpected energization or start-up of the machines or
equipment...could cause injury to employee.” The standard states that servicing
and maintenance covers various workplace activities including “lubrication,
cleaning or un-jamming of machines or equipment...where the employee may be
exposed to the unexpected energization or start-up of the equipment.....”


In Dematic’s opinion, this
standard applies to most workplaces utilizing powered conveyor. Dematic is
bringing this to the attention of The Children’s Place in the event The
Children’s Place is not aware of the standard. Dematic urges The Children’s
Place to review the applicability and requirements of the standard with respect
to The Children’s Place’s facilities. In general, the standard requires
employers to establish an ongoing program of control procedures and employee
training (regardless of training provided by the equipment vendor at the time
of sale) to ensure that equipment is rendered inoperative before any servicing
or maintenance is performed.


The referenced standard (as
may be amended) can be found at 29 CFR Part 1910, Section 1910.147; it was
published in the Federal Register, Volume 54, No. 169 on September 1, 1989.
Also, copies may be requested from the Dematic Contracts Administration
Department. This and other pertinent OSHA safety standards may be found at WWW.osha.gov.



 136
 









11                   Service Support


Dematic offers a complete
range of services to meet The Children’s Place’s needs - from Emergency Service
to comprehensive Resident Maintenance Programs. Service options are also
available within each service support offering, to tailor the product to best
meet The Children’s Place’s specific needs. Material handling system services
are one of Dematic’s most important core competencies and have been for
decades. This extensive background enables Dematic to provide the highest
quality services at competitive prices.


Dematic includes basic service
and support as part of every system it sells and installs. These services are
designed to make the beginning stages of system start-up and operation simple
and efficient for The Children’s Place. The Dematic Service and Support group
can help The Children’s Place by answering technical questions, providing
training for Operators and Maintenance Staff, and by helping The Children’s
Place ensure that the Material Handling system is being properly maintained.
The services included with a new Dematic material handling system are:


·                              Initial
Spare Parts Set-up


·                              Initial
Operator and Maintenance Training


·                              Technical
Documentation and E-Manuals


·                              1
Year of 24/7 Technical Phone Support


·                              1
Year Technical Phone Support Monthly Call Log


·                              1
Year Technical Phone Support Annual Call Analysis Report


·                              16
Hours of On-site Engineering Support during the 1-year Warranty Period (Can be
used for Launch Support, Preventive Maintenance, Assessments, or Training.)



 137
 









11.1                Additional Optional Services
Available from Dematic


The programs outlined below
can be offered as options to the base system.


11.1.1             Extended Technical
Phone Support


Technical Phone Support is
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and is a critical support service
available from Dematic. The Dematic support desk, also known as the Uptime
Center, is staffed by qualified Dematic Personnel, not call center operators.
These Engineers are knowledgeable experts in the fields of mechanical,
electrical, and software applications as they apply to Dematic integrated systems.
They have comprehensive knowledge of material handling systems and access to
The Children’s Place’s Material Handling system CAD drawings and Operation and
Maintenance manuals. This allows Dematic to troubleshoot a wide variety of
problems over the phone (over 95% of issues are resolved by phone
annually).


NOTE  During
the original warranty period, Dematic’s Technical Telephone Support (1-800-530-9153)
is available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, at no charge. After the
warranty period expires this same high quality support can be continued through
a separate support agreement.


11.1.2             Spare and Replacement
Parts


To keep Material Handling
Systems operating at peak efficiency it is important to replace worn parts with
high quality replacements. Dematic uses only top-of-the-line parts. Each part
must meet or surpass a series of critical performance standards. With
high-quality Dematic replacement parts installed, The Children’s Place should
realize longer equipment life, optimized uptime, greater efficiency, maximum
productivity, and lower overall life-cycle cost.


Dematic stocks more than
25,000 spare parts in its world-class distribution center, with same-day
shipping on most parts. Customers can order parts by phone, fax, EDI or online,
24 hours a day, 7 days a week.


11.1.3             Remote System
Monitoring


Remote System Monitoring is a
proactive and predictive maintenance program where Dematic Engineers
periodically monitor The Children’s Place’s system operating characteristics
from a remote location and review error reports using sophisticated
visualization software.


If any deviations are
detected, Dematic will contact The Children’s Place so that corrective action
can be taken. If issues, trends or potential problems are becoming evident,
Dematic will proactively alert The Children’s Place so that



 138
 









corrective measures can be
taken to avoid serious problems that could affect system uptime and
performance.


Dematic will review error
logs and faults such as photoeye malfunctions, servo belt errors, scale and
scanner issues, and product “no reads”. Dematic will then suggest a course of
action to help remedy the problem to avoid future occurrences. Remote System
Monitoring also allows us to more accurately analyze system data and measure
overall system performance using a variety of KPIs (Key Performance
Indicators).


11.1.4             Preventive
Maintenance


Correctly performed routine
Preventive Maintenance (PM) has been proven to maximize system life,
significantly reduce total maintenance costs and dramatically increase system uptime.
This program helps provides Return-on-Investment for The Children’s Place’s
maintenance dollars by balancing the cost of preventive maintenance against the
cost of unscheduled repairs and downtime.


When performing preventive
maintenance, Dematic Technicians follow a detailed checklist of tasks specific
to each equipment type. Components are inspected, tested, lubricated or
adjusted to help ensure quality performance. Any equipment found in need of
repair or replacement parts is identified and included in a summary report.


Preventive Maintenance work
is scheduled at set intervals throughout the year and at a pre-determined cost.
It is completed by Dematic Technicians who are specifically trained to keep The
Children’s Place’s system in top mechanical and electrical condition. PM
programs are scheduled ahead of time, and since the cost is fixed it is easy to
fit into The Children’s Place’s maintenance budget.


11.1.5             Emergency Service


Dematic maintains a staff of
Service Personnel who are on-call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. These
professionals are highly skilled at solving mechanical, electrical and software
problems, and are strategically located across the country. Dematic Service
Personnel are equipped with service vehicles and the tools and equipment
necessary to diagnose any The Children’s Place problems quickly and make
repairs efficiently. This helps ensure that The Children’s Place’s system is
back online with minimal downtime.


11.1.6             On-Site Support


The On-Site Support service
program at Dematic provides a team of trained Mechanical and/or Electrical
Technicians at The Children’s Place’s site – usually on a short-term basis – to
perform specific technical maintenance or training activities. On-Site Support
Technicians can help during system launch, a major



 139
 









system overhaul, or to help
The Children’s Place establish a site-specific maintenance program. This team
of skilled professionals provides technical support, preventive, corrective,
and emergency maintenance, and general troubleshooting, as needed, on a daily
basis.


Since these individuals are
fully trained experts in Dematic systems, they can also provide hands-on
training to The Children’s Place operational staff to help ensure peak system
performance. The Children’s Place staff is given the opportunity to observe and
participate in the regular maintenance of the The Children’s Place system.
Dematic Technicians can also assist The Children’s Place staff in periods of
special need, such as emergency shutdown and start-up.


Team size and composition can
be tailored to meet The Children’s Place’s specific maintenance and budget
objectives. This customized program helps create superior support and
exceptional system reliability.


11.1.7                                      Customer
Training


Properly trained Maintenance
and Operational staff members are a key factor in maintaining optimum system
performance. Training programs are available as individually tailored, on-site
classroom and equipment instruction taught by the company that designed and
engineered The Children’s Place’s individual system.


Dematic’s training approach
is different from other companies in that it integrates individual performance
into The Children’s Place’s business goals. The training goes beyond
demonstrations in starting, stopping, and maintaining equipment. It goes beyond
tightening a belt, adjusting a drive chain or replacing a pulley and looks at
the full system. Dematic reviews product flow and explains how system
performance affects productivity which, in turn, affects The Children’s Place’s
internal customers, both upstream and downstream. It places emphasis on how The
Children’s Place’s material handling system profoundly impacts its business.
Dematic training systems are based on these principles:


·                  Business
goals, such as increased system uptime, reduced costs, and improved
productivity, are reviewed to help ensure that each staff person clearly
understands his/her role and how their job affects the end-result


·                  Learning
is tightly linked to desired business outcomes


·                  Each
person has numerous opportunities to participate in exercises and hands-on
activities


11.1.8                                      Resident
Maintenance Programs


Resident Maintenance Programs
provide for The Children’s Place to contract with Dematic for custom, on-site
maintenance services for The Children’s Place’s system. This program provides
for optimization of The Children’s Place’s system



 140
 









by weighing preventive
maintenance costs against the cost of unscheduled repairs and downtime. A team
of professional Dematic Technicians will work full-time at The Children’s Place’s
site to provide mechanical and electrical system support. This support can be
geared for preventive, predictive, corrective, and emergency maintenance, as
well as troubleshooting on a regular basis.


The number of employees,
number of hours worked, job requirements, and scheduling will be tailored to
meet The Children’s Place’s requirements. Resident Technicians can be provided
for work in accordance with The Children’s Place’s scheduling. The contract can
be designed to provide any level of operations or maintenance that The Children’s
Place needs to meet its operational objectives.


Resident Maintenance
professionals can be provided to operate equipment, provide routine,
corrective, or emergency maintenance as needed, and to troubleshoot The
Children’s Place’s system as necessary. They can also be provided to help
monitor and maintain material flow throughout the system, and help to ensure
that productivity goals are met.


Dematic’s Resident
Maintenance Teams provide the best Material Handling contract maintenance
services available today. They possess the knowledge, experience, maintenance
procedures, tools, and equipment needed to help give The Children’s Place’s
operation a competitive advantage. Dematic aligns its maintenance practices
with The Children’s Place’s business goals. This means Dematic tracks and
measures all maintenance costs including labor, down time, and spare parts
usage to help improve throughput and efficiency while helping lower the total
cost of operation.


11.1.9                                      Extended
Warranties


Dematic offers a variety of
extended warranty programs that extend a new system warranty in yearly
increments for parts and/or labor. Extended warranties can be limited to parts
replacement only or can be custom tailored to meet the specific needs of The Children’s
Place’s operation such as seasonal coverage or hostile environment coverage.



 141















12           System Pricing


12.1        Base System


The
following prices are provided for the Hardware and Engineering Services as
described in Dematic Proposal 103522. The prices and the acceptance of this
Agreement by Dematic are contingent upon performing the work under Proposal
103522 in conjunction with the Dematic Proposal Number 104846 dated
2006-September-27 and execution by The Children’s Place of the Agreement for
Dematic Proposal Number 104846 dated 2006-September-27.


The
price for the performance of Dematic work described in this Proposal is as
follows:


	
  Base System Price

  	
  Total

  	
   

  	
  $11,809,725

  	
   

  



 


12.2        Pricing Notes


Above
pricing does not include building permits, installation permits, or other
project permits or fees. All permits and fees are the responsibility of The
Children’s Place.


All
options are priced to be purchased with the Base System.


Above
pricing does not include any sales, use, excise, or similar taxes - these are
the responsibility of The Children’s Place. If The Children’s Place is tax
exempt, an appropriate tax exemption certificate must be provided within 60
days of order.


Notwithstanding
any of the above, within thirty (30) days of signing the Agreement the
Purchaser shall have the right to terminate the Agreement upon written notice
to Dematic. In the event of such termination, Purchaser shall pay Dematic the
reasonable value of the equipment and services already provided to Purchaser.


All
prices are in U.S. dollars.


NOTE  Commodity Pricing Fluctuations – The metals
(steel, aluminum, and copper) to be provided for this project were priced at
rates in effect as of the date of this Proposal. Because of the volatility of
market prices, any changes in the prices for these commodities from the date of
this Proposal to the date on which Dematic ships the equipment, will be charged
at “price in effect” on the date of shipment to the installation site. Price
adjustments shall be made based upon



 142
 









the
changes in the following published price indicators: (1) Steel – Nucor Steel’s
price list and surcharges, (2) Aluminum – London Metal Exchange, (3) Copper – London
Metal Exchange, which may result in an added charge or credit to The Children’s
Place.


12.3        Delivery and Shipping Terms


Delivery
and Shipping Terms for the equipment shall be: F.O.B. Destination, Freight
Prepay and Add.


12.4        Export Laws and Regulations


The
Children’s Place acknowledges that Dematic is required to comply with
applicable export laws and regulations relating to the sale, exportation,
transfer, assignment, disposal and usage of the work/equipment/services
provided under the Contract, including any export license requirements. The
Children’s Place agrees that such work/equipment/services shall not at any time
directly or indirectly be used, exported, sold, transferred, assigned or
otherwise disposed of in a manner which will result in non-compliance with such
applicable export laws and regulations. It shall be a condition of the
continuing performance by Dematic of its obligations hereunder that compliance
with such export laws and regulations be maintained at all times.


The
Children’s Place agrees to indemnify and hold Dematic harmless from any and all
costs, liabilities, penalties, sanctions and fines related to non-compliance
with applicable export laws and regulations that are caused by The Children’s
Place’s negligent actions.


12.5        Payment Terms


Dematic
agrees to submit invoices and The Children’s Place agrees to pay invoices in
accordance with the invoice and payment schedule shown below. All payments
shall be made payable net 30 days from invoice date, at the address indicated
on the Dematic invoice.


A
late payment charge of five one-hundredths of one percent (.05) per day (18
percent annum, based upon a 360-day year) will be added to any amount not
received by Dematic on or before the invoice payment date indicated on the
payment schedule. Where this rate exceeds a maximum rate permitted by
applicable law, the permissible rate will apply.


If this Agreement
provides for Dematic to install the Equipment, the final invoice, per the
invoice and payment schedule, may be held by The Children’s Place as retainer.
The Children’s Place will pay the retainer (final invoice) amount within thirty
(30) days after Dematic completion of Installation Commissioning. However,
should there be a dispute about the completion of the Installation



 143
 









Commissioning,
then The Children’s Place shall inform Dematic of any claimed defects in the
Equipment and the amount of any retainer necessary to correct claimed defects
will be mutually determined. The Children’s Place will then pay the final
invoice less the determined amount. The Children’s Place will pay the remaining
retainer upon correction by Dematic of any defects in the Equipment as mutually
determined.


Upon
contract ratification, the following payment terms apply:


	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Payment Terms

  	
   

  	
  Time Frame

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Twenty percent
  of the total project price as a down

  payment less any previous payments made

  	
   

  	
  Upon execution
  of

  contract.

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Monthly progress
  payments. (Progress payments

  and down payment will not exceed 50% of the

  contract value prior to February 1, 2007.)

  	
   

  	
  Net thirty days.

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Five percent
  retainer

  	
   

  	
  Thirty days
  after system

  acceptance.

  



 


12.6        Commercial Terms


This
Proposal is based on General Terms and Conditions - Exhibit A. Dematic’s price
is based on our standard practices, equipment, Terms and Conditions, and
warranty.



 144
 









13           Sales Agreement


This Sales Agreement, (hereinafter referred to as “Agreement”),
made by and between The Children’s Place Services Company, LLC, 915 Secaucus
Road, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094, (hereinafter referred to as “The Children’s
Place”) and Dematic Corp., with headquarters located at 507 Plymouth Avenue,
N.E., Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49505, (hereinafter referred to as “Dematic”),
constitutes the Agreement of the parties as follows:


1.   Dematic agrees to sell to The Children’s Place
and The Children’s Place agrees to purchase from Dematic, the equipment and
services described in Dematic Proposal Number 103522, dated 2006-September-27,
Sections 1 through 13, for the price set forth in the Proposal and on the
General Terms and Conditions – Exhibit A.


2.   This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties and no oral or other representation shall
prevail, notwithstanding any other terms and conditions of any order submitted
by The Children’s Place. Any changes, modifications, or additions to this
Agreement are binding and enforceable only if made in writing and signed by
both parties.


Approved and
Executed By:


	
  The Children’s Place
  Services

  Company, LLC

  	
   

  	
  Dematic Corp.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Sal Pepitone

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Signature

  	
   

  	
  Signature

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Sal Pepitone

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name (please print)

  	
   

  	
  Name (please
  print)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  VP of Logistics

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Title

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9-29-06

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date

  	
   

  	
  Date

  



 



 145
 









13.1        General Terms and Conditions
–
Exhibit A


The Dematic Corp. (“Dematic”) Proposal and Sales Agreement
specifically incorporate the following General Terms and Conditions.
Collectively the Proposal, Sales Agreement, and these General Terms and
Conditions are referred to herein as the “Agreement” between Dematic and The
Children’s Place.



 146
 









 


	
  GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  	
   

  	
  Exhibit A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



The following General Terms and Conditions shall apply
to any resulting order between Dematic Corp. (hereinafter referred to as “Dematic”)
and Purchaser.


1.             TAXES: Unless otherwise indicated, the
price does not include any sales, use, excise, or similar taxes, and Purchaser
shall be responsible for all such taxes, whether or not invoiced by Dematic. If
taxes are included as part of the price and the rate or base of the tax is
increased or decreased, Purchaser will pay any increased taxes, and Dematic
will give credit for any tax decrease. Absent written agreement to the
contrary, Dematic will pay the tax and be reimbursed by the Purchaser.


In the event Purchaser is exempt from such taxes or
should Purchaser elect to pay such taxes directly to the taxing authority, then
within 60 days of the order, Purchaser will provide Dematic with a valid tax
exemption certificate or similar document satisfactory in form to Dematic.


2.             WARRANTY: Dematic warrants that goods sold
by Dematic will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period
of two years from the date of installation or four thousand hours of operation,
whichever occurs first. Dematic’s obligation under this warranty is limited to
repairing or replacing, at Dematic’s option, F.O.B. manufacturing plant, any
part of the goods found to be defective within the warranty period. This
obligation is conditioned upon receipt by Dematic of prompt written notice of
the claimed defect, including a description of the defect and its discovery,
and the opportunity for Dematic to inspect the goods in the purchaser’s
facility. This obligation does not include costs of labor or other charges
incurred in removing or reinstalling parts, and does not apply to goods damaged
by misuse, neglect or accident or to goods which have been improperly applied,
installed, adjusted, operated, maintained, repaired or altered by persons other
than Dematic.


If the goods include computer hardware or software
acquired from original manufacturers, Dematic’s obligation will be limited to
conveying and transferring to Purchaser any interest, rights and/or warranties
which Dematic may obtain.


DEMATIC MAKES NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, AS TO ANY GOODS, AND IN PARTICULAR DEMATIC MAKES NO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.


3.             INSURANCE BY DEMATIC: Dematic will maintain insurance covering its operations as follows:


a.     Worker’s
Compensation Insurance as required by the state having jurisdiction over
Dematic and Employer’s Liability with limit of $1,000,000.


b.     Commercial
General Liability Insurance with combined single limit for bodily injuries and
property damage of $1,000,000.


c.     Automotive
Liability Insurance for bodily injuries, including death and property damage
with combined single limit of $1,000,000.


Dematic
may, at its sole option, satisfy these requirements with commercial insurance or
through a program of combined self-insurance, self-insured retention, and
excess insurance.


Certificates
of insurance or letter of authority to self-insure will be furnished upon
request.


4.             INSURANCE BY PURCHASER: Purchaser assumes all risk of loss from damage and destruction of the
material and equipment and any applicable installation charges thereof. Such
risk of loss will transfer to Purchaser at the F.O.B. point pursuant to the
shipping terms of the Agreement (F.O.B. destination). Purchaser agrees to
acquire and maintain all risk insurance covering damage and destruction of the
materials and equipment at replacement value and in no event less than the
purchase price including any increases by change order(s). The insurance policy
or policies shall include Dematic as an insured, shall provide for 20 days
prior notification to Dematic if the insurance coverage is terminated, reduced,
or otherwise materially modified, and shall provide that the insurance proceeds
shall be payable to Dematic and Purchaser as their interests may appear.
Payments made by an insurance carrier to Dematic as a result of such damage or
destruction of the equipment will be applied against the purchase price and any
other amounts owed by Purchaser under the Agreement. Purchaser shall furnish
Dematic with certificates evidencing such insurance.


5.             INDEMNIFICATION: The equipment furnished hereunder will be manufactured with Dematic
safety features and furnished with user safety instructions. The operation of
the equipment with safety features removed or modified and/or the disregard of
the user safety instructions is outside of Dematic’s control and is the
responsibility of the Purchaser. Therefore, Purchaser agrees to indemnify and
hold Dematic harmless from any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of
action, suits, costs, and expenses of any kind or nature (including attorney’s
fees) for loss or damage which may be suffered by Dematic as a result of injury
to persons arising from such removal or modification to Dematic-furnished
safety features and/or the disregard of Dematic-furnished user safety
instructions, including any person injured while riding, sitting, stepping,
walking, or climbing on the equipment furnished hereunder; Provided that
Dematic notifies Purchaser in writing, within 30 days of Dematic’s knowledge of
any such claim, and gives Purchaser the exclusive control of the defense and
settlement of any claim.


Dematic
agrees to indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from any and all claims,
demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, costs, and expenses of any kind
or nature including attorney’s fees) for loss or damage which may be suffered
by Purchaser as a result of injury to persons arising from defects in material
and workmanship of the equipment caused by Dematic. Provided that Purchaser
notifies Dematic in writing, within 30 days of Purchaser’s knowledge of any
such claim, and gives Dematic the exclusive control of the defense and
settlement of any claim.


6.             CHANGE ORDER:
The parties may agree at any time prior to final payment of the Agreement to
make additions, deletions, or other revisions by Change Order or Work Order (as
defined below) without invalidating the Agreement. No such change will be
performed by Dematic until an approved Change Order or Work Order is executed
as provided below.


a.     When the price, schedule and other conditions
relating to the change can be determined prior to the start of work under the
change, a document describing this change (Change Order) will be issued for
execution by the parties.


b.     When the change requires immediate action and
the issuance of an executed Change Order with firm price would unreasonably
delay the change, Purchaser shall place its signature upon a document
authorizing Dematic to proceed with the change (Work Order). After the change
under the Work Order has been completed, Dematic will calculate the firm price
for the change using actual costs (including overhead and reasonable profit)
current at time of performance of the



 147
 









work.
Completed Work Order(s) will be incorporated into a Change Order for execution
by the parties.


Unless
expressly modified by a Change Order or Work Order, the provisions of the
Agreement will govern all work performed under such Change Order or Work Order.


7.             LIENS:
Dematic will protect Purchaser as to any lien asserted against Purchaser’s
property for work, material or services furnished by others at Dematic’s
request when Purchaser makes the payments provided for in the Agreement.


8.             RIGHTS AND REMEDIES: If Dematic defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under
the Agreement (other than its obligations under Article 2 hereof) and if
Dematic has not cured the default or implemented a plan to cure the default in
a diligent manner within 20 days after Purchaser shall have given Dematic
written notice of the default, or such other time period as mutually agreed
upon, Purchaser shall have the right to terminate the Agreement upon written
notice to Dematic. In the event of such termination, Purchaser may (i) pay to
Dematic the reasonable value of equipment and services already provided to
Purchaser, or (ii) complete the work specified in the Agreement.


If
Purchaser elects to complete the work and the reasonable costs of completion
exceed the unpaid balance of the Agreement price, Dematic shall pay the
difference to Purchaser. If the unpaid balance of the purchase price exceeds the
reasonable cost of completion, Purchaser shall pay the difference to Dematic.


If
Purchaser fails to pay the purchase price, or any installment thereof, within
10 days after it is due, or if Purchaser defaults in the performance of any of
its other obligations under the Agreement and if the default continues for 20
days after Dematic gives Purchaser written notice thereof, or such other time
period as mutually agreed upon, then Dematic shall have the right to (i)
suspend performance of its obligation under the Agreement until the default is
cured, or (ii) exercise any right or remedy provided for in the Agreement, or
available to Dematic under applicable law.


9.             SECURITY INTEREST AND TITLE:


a.     Subject to any interest that Wells Fargo
Retail Finance, LLC has in the equipment pursuant to the credit facility dated
November 21, 2004, as amended between the purchaser and Wells Fargo, Dematic
retains a security interest in the equipment to secure the purchase price
payable by Purchaser under the Agreement and all other amounts now and
hereafter owing by Purchaser to Dematic hereunder. Upon request by Dematic,
Purchaser will execute and deliver to Dematic a financing statement evidencing
this security interest.


b.     Dematic hereby grants Purchaser a single site
non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use all computer software
manufactured and provided by Dematic under the Agreement. Title to the software
and documentation, if any, provided hereunder shall at all times remain with
Dematic. Purchaser agrees to use such software strictly in compliance with the
terms of the Agreement, and for the use(s) contemplated herein, and
specifically agrees not to copy, furnish, disclose, or otherwise make said
software, or any portion thereof, available to any third party.


c.     The Dematic manufactured and provided software
is a proprietary trade secret of Dematic. Purchaser agrees to maintain
confidentiality of Dematic software, and to restrict access to Purchaser’s
employees or agents directly concerned with Purchaser’s licensed use of same.


d.     Refer to Article 2 for provisions of title for
software which Dematic acquires from original manufacturers.


10.          DELAYS: If
Dematic’s performance is delayed or prevented by Purchaser or other cause
uncontrolled by Dematic (such as casualty, labor trouble, governmental action,
inability to obtain supplies or transportation, or any order modification by
Purchaser):


a.     Purchaser agrees to pay Dematic invoices upon
notification that equipment is ready for shipment in accordance with the
shipping schedule and to reimburse Dematic for expenses incident to such delay
including, without limitation, the cost of engineering, equipment and
installation escalations; maintaining, repairing and refurbishing equipment,
storage, demurrage, and pullout charges from installation site; and


b.     The time for delivery of the equipment and
performance of the services will be extended accordingly, and Dematic will not be
liable for any damages caused by the delay; and


c.     The stated purchase price shall be revised
based upon labor wage rates and other conditions prevailing at the time of
actual performance.


11.          PATENTS:
Dematic agrees to indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from any damages
(including litigation costs incurred) that may be awarded against Purchaser in
any final judgment based upon a claim that the equipment or its use infringes
any currently existing United States patents owned by third parties, provided
that Purchaser notifies Dematic in writing, within 30 days of Purchaser’s
knowledge of any such claim, and gives Dematic the exclusive control of the
defense and settlement of any claim, including the right to make changes in the
equipment to avoid any alleged infringement, so long as such changes do not
materially affect the performance of such equipment which shall be determined
by the Purchaser in its sole reasonable discretion. Purchaser is responsible
for any infringement claim arising from any modifications of the equipment by
Purchaser or any combining by Purchaser of the equipment with other equipment
not furnished by Dematic.


12.          ASSIGNMENT/SUBCONTRACTS: Purchaser shall not delegate the performance of any obligation
hereunder, nor assign any rights arising under the Agreement, to any
unaffiliated third person without the prior written consent of Dematic.


Dematic reserves the right to use subcontractors in
the performance of any services to be performed by Dematic. Dematic is
responsible for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor so engaged.


13.          LIMITATION OF REMEDIES/GOVERNING LAW: The Agreement sets forth Purchaser’s sole and
exclusive remedies for any defect in or non-conformity of any equipment or
services and for any negligent design, manufacture, or installation of the
equipment, and for any breach of the Agreement by Dematic. Neither Dematic nor
Purchaser shall be liable for incidental or consequential damages (including
loss of profits).


The
Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the substantive
laws of the State of Michigan.



 148